-
81 heer
1 [ook in samenstellingen] [mannelijk persoon] man3 [beschaafde man] gentleman4 [God] Lord5 [aanzienlijk man] gentleman7 [kaartspel] king♦voorbeelden:2 (mijne) dames en heren! • ladies and gentlemen!Weledele/Geachte Heer • Dear Sirals de Heer het wil • God/the Lord willingde hoge heren • the top brass, the bigwigsergens heer en meester zijn • hold absolute sway somewherezijn eigen heer en meester zijn • be one's own boss〈 informeel〉 de/mijn oude heer • the/my old man -
82 υἱοθεσία
υἱοθεσία, ας, ἡ (υἱός, θέσις ‘placing’; Diod S 31, 27, 2 ed. Dind. X 31, 13; Diog. L. 4, 53. Oft. ins [SIG index; Dssm., NB 66f=BS 239; Rouffiac 47]; pap [PLips 28, 14; 17; 22 al.; POxy 1206, 8; 14 al., both IV A.D.; cp. Diod S 4, 39, 2 ποιεῖν θετὸν υἱον; Preisigke, Fachwörter 1915; Jur. Pap., introd. to no. 10 p. 22]) adoption, lit. a legal t.t. of ‘adoption’ of children, in our lit., i.e. in Paul, only in a transferred sense of a transcendent filial relationship between God and humans (with the legal aspect, not gender specificity, as major semantic component)ⓐ of the acceptance of the nation of Israel as son of God (cp. Ex 4:22; Is 1:2 al. where, however, the word υἱοθ. is lacking; it is found nowhere in the LXX) Ro 9:4.ⓑ of those who believe in Christ and are accepted by God as God’s children (Iren. 5, 12, 2 [Harv. II 351, 2]) with full rights τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολαβεῖν Gal 4:5; cp. Eph 1:5. ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ διδομένη υἱοθεσία AcPl Ha 2, 28 (s. app.). The Spirit, whom the converts receive, works as πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15 (opp. πν. δουλείας=such a spirit as is possessed by a slave, not by the son of the house). The believers enter into full enjoyment of their υἱοθεσία only when the time of fulfillment releases them fr. the earthly body vs. 23.—Harnack (s. παλιγγενεσία 2); TWhaling, Adoption: PTR 21, 1923, 223–35; AWentzel, Her 65, 1930, 167–76; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 134–56; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 258f; WRossell, JBL 71, ’52, 233f; DTheron, EvQ 28, ’56, 6–14; JScott, Adoption as Sons of God ’92. S. Lampe s.v. υἱοθετέω.—New Docs 3, 17; 4, 173. DELG s.v. υἱός. M-M. TW. Sv. -
83 ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronounⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or stateⓐ w. nounsα. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receivesα. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. standsא. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also expressז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.ⓗ The neut. of the art. standsα. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. areα. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καία. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M. -
84 Bibliography
■ Aitchison, J. (1987). Noam Chomsky: Consensus and controversy. New York: Falmer Press.■ Anderson, J. R. (1980). Cognitive psychology and its implications. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Anderson, J. R. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Anderson, J. R. (1995). Cognitive psychology and its implications (4th ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.■ Archilochus (1971). In M. L. West (Ed.), Iambi et elegi graeci (Vol. 1). Oxford: Oxford University Press.■ Armstrong, D. M. (1990). The causal theory of the mind. In W. G. Lycan (Ed.), Mind and cognition: A reader (pp. 37-47). Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. (Originally published in 1981 in The nature of mind and other essays, Ithaca, NY: University Press).■ Atkins, P. W. (1992). Creation revisited. Oxford: W. H. Freeman & Company.■ Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Bacon, F. (1878). Of the proficience and advancement of learning divine and human. In The works of Francis Bacon (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: Hurd & Houghton.■ Bacon, R. (1928). Opus majus (Vol. 2). R. B. Burke (Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.■ Bar-Hillel, Y. (1960). The present status of automatic translation of languages. In F. L. Alt (Ed.), Advances in computers (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1981). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 1). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1982). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 2). Los Altos, CA: William Kaufman.■ Barron, F. X. (1963). The needs for order and for disorder as motives in creative activity. In C. W. Taylor & F. X. Barron (Eds.), Scientific creativity: Its rec ognition and development (pp. 153-160). New York: Wiley.■ Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Bartley, S. H. (1969). Principles of perception. London: Harper & Row.■ Barzun, J. (1959). The house of intellect. New York: Harper & Row.■ Beach, F. A., D. O. Hebb, C. T. Morgan & H. W. Nissen (Eds.) (1960). The neu ropsychology of Lashley. New York: McGraw-Hill.■ Berkeley, G. (1996). Principles of human knowledge: Three Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1710.)■ Berlin, I. (1953). The hedgehog and the fox: An essay on Tolstoy's view of history. NY: Simon & Schuster.■ Bierwisch, J. (1970). Semantics. In J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics. Baltimore: Penguin Books.■ Black, H. C. (1951). Black's law dictionary. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing.■ Bloom, A. (1981). The linguistic shaping of thought: A study in the impact of language on thinking in China and the West. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.■ Bobrow, D. G., & D. A. Norman (1975). Some principles of memory schemata. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representation and understanding: Stud ies in Cognitive Science (pp. 131-149). New York: Academic Press.■ Boden, M. A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York: Basic Books.■ Boden, M. A. (1981). Minds and mechanisms. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.■ Boden, M. A. (1990a). The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. London: Cardinal.■ Boden, M. A. (1990b). The philosophy of artificial intelligence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.■ Boden, M. A. (1994). Precis of The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. Behavioral and brain sciences 17, 519-570.■ Boden, M. (1996). Creativity. In M. Boden (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.■ Bolter, J. D. (1984). Turing's man: Western culture in the computer age. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.■ Bolton, N. (1972). The psychology of thinking. London: Methuen.■ Bourne, L. E. (1973). Some forms of cognition: A critical analysis of several papers. In R. Solso (Ed.), Contemporary issues in cognitive psychology (pp. 313324). Loyola Symposium on Cognitive Psychology (Chicago 1972). Washington, DC: Winston.■ Bransford, J. D., N. S. McCarrell, J. J. Franks & K. E. Nitsch (1977). Toward unexplaining memory. In R. Shaw & J. D. Bransford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing (pp. 431-466). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Breger, L. (1981). Freud's unfinished journey. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.■ Brehmer, B. (1986). In one word: Not from experience. In H. R. Arkes & K. Hammond (Eds.), Judgment and decision making: An interdisciplinary reader (pp. 705-719). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Bresnan, J. (1978). A realistic transformational grammar. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan & G. A. Miller (Eds.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (pp. 1-59). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Brislin, R. W., W. J. Lonner & R. M. Thorndike (Eds.) (1973). Cross- cultural research methods. New York: Wiley.■ Bronowski, J. (1977). A sense of the future: Essays in natural philosophy. P. E. Ariotti with R. Bronowski (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Bronowski, J. (1978). The origins of knowledge and imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.■ Brown, R. O. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Brown, T. (1970). Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 330-387). New York: Random House/Modern Library.■ Bruner, J. S., J. Goodnow & G. Austin (1956). A study of thinking. New York: Wiley.■ Calvin, W. H. (1990). The cerebral symphony: Seashore reflections on the structure of consciousness. New York: Bantam.■ Campbell, J. (1982). Grammatical man: Information, entropy, language, and life. New York: Simon & Schuster.■ Campbell, J. (1989). The improbable machine. New York: Simon & Schuster.■ Carlyle, T. (1966). On heroes, hero- worship and the heroic in history. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. (Originally published in 1841.)■ Carnap, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through logical analysis of language [Ueberwindung der Metaphysik durch logische Analyse der Sprache]. In A. J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical positivism (pp. 60-81) A. Pap (Trans). New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1932.)■ Cassirer, E. (1946). Language and myth. New York: Harper and Brothers. Reprinted. New York: Dover Publications, 1953.■ Cattell, R. B., & H. J. Butcher (1970). Creativity and personality. In P. E. Vernon (Ed.), Creativity. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books.■ Caudill, M., & C. Butler (1990). Naturally intelligent systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Chandrasekaran, B. (1990). What kind of information processing is intelligence? A perspective on AI paradigms and a proposal. In D. Partridge & R. Wilks (Eds.), The foundations of artificial intelligence: A sourcebook (pp. 14-46). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Charniak, E., & McDermott, D. (1985). Introduction to artificial intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.■ Chase, W. G., & H. A. Simon (1988). The mind's eye in chess. In A. Collins & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 461-493). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann.■ Cheney, D. L., & R. M. Seyfarth (1990). How monkeys see the world: Inside the mind of another species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.■ Chi, M.T.H., R. Glaser & E. Rees (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (pp. 7-73). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton. Janua Linguarum.■ Chomsky, N. (1964). A transformational approach to syntax. In J. A. Fodor & J. J. Katz (Eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of lan guage (pp. 211-245). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.■ Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind (enlarged ed.). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.■ Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and responsibility. New York: Pantheon.■ Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger Special Studies.■ Churchland, P. (1979). Scientific realism and the plasticity of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.■ Churchland, P. M. (1989). A neurocomputational perspective: The nature of mind and the structure of science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Churchland, P. S. (1986). Neurophilosophy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Clark, A. (1996). Philosophical Foundations. In M. A. Boden (Ed.), Artificial in telligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.■ Clark, H. H., & T. B. Carlson (1981). Context for comprehension. In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (Vol. 9, pp. 313-330). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Clarke, A. C. (1984). Profiles of the future: An inquiry into the limits of the possible. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.■ Claxton, G. (1980). Cognitive psychology: A suitable case for what sort of treatment? In G. Claxton (Ed.), Cognitive psychology: New directions (pp. 1-25). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.■ Code, M. (1985). Order and organism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.■ Collingwood, R. G. (1972). The idea of history. New York: Oxford University Press.■ Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self- esteem. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Copland, A. (1952). Music and imagination. London: Oxford University Press.■ Coren, S. (1994). The intelligence of dogs. New York: Bantam Books.■ Cottingham, J. (Ed.) (1996). Western philosophy: An anthology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.■ Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.■ Craik, K.J.W. (1943). The nature of explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Cronbach, L. J. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing (5th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.■ Cronbach, L. J., & R. E. Snow (1977). Aptitudes and instructional methods. New York: Irvington. Paperback edition, 1981.■ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1993). The evolving self. New York: Harper Perennial.■ Culler, J. (1976). Ferdinand de Saussure. New York: Penguin Books.■ Curtius, E. R. (1973). European literature and the Latin Middle Ages. W. R. Trask (Trans.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.■ D'Alembert, J.L.R. (1963). Preliminary discourse to the encyclopedia of Diderot. R. N. Schwab (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.■ Dampier, W. C. (1966). A history of modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Darwin, C. (1911). The life and letters of Charles Darwin (Vol. 1). Francis Darwin (Ed.). New York: Appleton.■ Davidson, D. (1970) Mental events. In L. Foster & J. W. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theory (pp. 79-101). Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.■ Davies, P. (1995). About time: Einstein's unfinished revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.■ Davis, R., & J. J. King (1977). An overview of production systems. In E. Elcock & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 8. Chichester, England: Ellis Horwood.■ Davis, R., & D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge- based systems in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.■ Dawkins, R. (1982). The extended phenotype: The gene as the unit of selection. Oxford: W. H. Freeman.■ deKleer, J., & J. S. Brown (1983). Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanistic mental models (1983). In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental modes (pp. 155-190). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Dennett, D. C. (1978a). Brainstorms: Philosophical essays on mind and psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.■ Dennett, D. C. (1978b). Toward a cognitive theory of consciousness. In D. C. Dennett, Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.■ Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.■ Descartes, R. (1897-1910). Traite de l'homme. In Oeuvres de Descartes (Vol. 11, pp. 119-215). Paris: Charles Adam & Paul Tannery. (Originally published in 1634.)■ Descartes, R. (1950). Discourse on method. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1637.)■ Descartes, R. (1951). Meditation on first philosophy. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1641.)■ Descartes, R. (1955). The philosophical works of Descartes. E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Trans.). New York: Dover. (Originally published in 1911 by Cambridge University Press.)■ Descartes, R. (1967). Discourse on method (Pt. V). In E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 106-118). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)■ Descartes, R. (1970a). Discourse on method. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 181-200). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)■ Descartes, R. (1970b). Principles of philosophy. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 178-291). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1644.)■ Descartes, R. (1984). Meditations on first philosophy. In J. Cottingham, R. Stoothoff & D. Murduch (Trans.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)■ Descartes, R. (1986). Meditations on first philosophy. J. Cottingham (Trans.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641 as Med itationes de prima philosophia.)■ deWulf, M. (1956). An introduction to scholastic philosophy. Mineola, NY: Dover Books.■ Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. London: Wiley.■ Doyle, A. C. (1986). The Boscombe Valley mystery. In Sherlock Holmes: The com plete novels and stories (Vol. 1). New York: Bantam.■ Dreyfus, H., & S. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine. New York: Free Press.■ Dreyfus, H. L. (1972). What computers can't do: The limits of artificial intelligence (revised ed.). New York: Harper & Row.■ Dreyfus, H. L., & S. E. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine: The power of human intuition and expertise in the era of the computer. New York: Free Press.■ Edelman, G. M. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.■ Ehrenzweig, A. (1967). The hidden order of art. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.■ Einstein, A., & L. Infeld (1938). The evolution of physics. New York: Simon & Schuster.■ Eisenstein, S. (1947). Film sense. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.■ Everdell, W. R. (1997). The first moderns. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.■ Eysenck, M. W. (1977). Human memory: Theory, research and individual difference. Oxford: Pergamon.■ Eysenck, M. W. (1982). Attention and arousal: Cognition and performance. Berlin: Springer.■ Eysenck, M. W. (1984). A handbook of cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Fancher, R. E. (1979). Pioneers of psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.■ Farrell, B. A. (1981). The standing of psychoanalysis. New York: Oxford University Press.■ Feldman, D. H. (1980). Beyond universals in cognitive development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.■ Fetzer, J. H. (1996). Philosophy and cognitive science (2nd ed.). New York: Paragon House.■ Finke, R. A. (1990). Creative imagery: Discoveries and inventions in visualization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Flanagan, O. (1991). The science of the mind. Cambridge MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Frege, G. (1972). Conceptual notation. T. W. Bynum (Trans.). Oxford: Clarendon Press. (Originally published in 1879.)■ Frege, G. (1979). Logic. In H. Hermes, F. Kambartel & F. Kaulbach (Eds.), Gottlob Frege: Posthumous writings. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1879-1891.)■ Freud, S. (1959). Creative writers and day-dreaming. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 9, pp. 143-153). London: Hogarth Press.■ Freud, S. (1966). Project for a scientific psychology. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The stan dard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 1, pp. 295-398). London: Hogarth Press. (Originally published in 1950 as Aus den AnfaЁngen der Psychoanalyse, in London by Imago Publishing.)■ Freud, S. (1976). Lecture 18-Fixation to traumas-the unconscious. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 16, p. 285). London: Hogarth Press.■ Galileo, G. (1990). Il saggiatore [The assayer]. In S. Drake (Ed.), Discoveries and opinions of Galileo. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1623.)■ Gassendi, P. (1970). Letter to Descartes. In "Objections and replies." In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2, pp. 179-240). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)■ Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Mind matters: How mind and brain interact to create our conscious lives. Boston: Houghton Mifflin in association with MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Genesereth, M. R., & N. J. Nilsson (1987). Logical foundations of artificial intelligence. Palo Alto, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.■ Ghiselin, B. (1952). The creative process. New York: Mentor.■ Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1952.)■ Gilhooly, K. J. (1996). Thinking: Directed, undirected and creative (3rd ed.). London: Academic Press.■ Glass, A. L., K. J. Holyoak & J. L. Santa (1979). Cognition. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.■ Goody, J. (1977). The domestication of the savage mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Gruber, H. E. (1980). Darwin on man: A psychological study of scientific creativity (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.■ Gruber, H. E., & S. Davis (1988). Inching our way up Mount Olympus: The evolving systems approach to creative thinking. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Guthrie, E. R. (1972). The psychology of learning. New York: Harper. (Originally published in 1935.)■ Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston: Beacon Press.■ Hadamard, J. (1945). The psychology of invention in the mathematical field. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.■ Hand, D. J. (1985). Artificial intelligence and psychiatry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Harris, M. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.■ Haugeland, J. (Ed.) (1981). Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Haugeland, J. (1981a). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 243-281). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Haugeland, J. (1981b). Semantic engines: An introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 1-34). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Haugeland, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence: The very idea. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Hawkes, T. (1977). Structuralism and semiotics. Berkeley: University of California Press.■ Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organisation of behaviour. New York: Wiley.■ Hebb, D. O. (1958). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.■ Hegel, G.W.F. (1910). The phenomenology of mind. J. B. Baille (Trans.). London: Sonnenschein. (Originally published as Phaenomenologie des Geistes, 1807.)■ Heisenberg, W. (1958). Physics and philosophy. New York: Harper & Row.■ Hempel, C. G. (1966). Philosophy of natural science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.■ Herman, A. (1997). The idea of decline in Western history. New York: Free Press.■ Herrnstein, R. J., & E. G. Boring (Eds.) (1965). A source book in the history of psy chology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Herzmann, E. (1964). Mozart's creative process. In P. H. Lang (Ed.), The creative world of Mozart (pp. 17-30). London: Oldbourne Press.■ Hilgard, E. R. (1957). Introduction to psychology. London: Methuen.■ Hobbes, T. (1651). Leviathan. London: Crooke.■ Holliday, S. G., & M. J. Chandler (1986). Wisdom: Explorations in adult competence. Basel, Switzerland: Karger.■ Horn, J. L. (1986). In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.■ Hull, C. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.■ Hume, D. (1955). An inquiry concerning human understanding. New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1748.)■ Hume, D. (1975). An enquiry concerning human understanding. In L. A. SelbyBigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (Spelling and punctuation revised.) (Originally published in 1748.)■ Hume, D. (1978). A treatise of human nature. L. A. Selby-Bigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (With some modifications of spelling and punctuation.) (Originally published in 1690.)■ Hunt, E. (1973). The memory we must have. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language. (pp. 343-371) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Husserl, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.■ Inhelder, B., & J. Piaget (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1955 as De la logique de l'enfant a` la logique de l'adolescent. [Paris: Presses Universitaire de France])■ James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Dover Books.■ James, W. (1890b). The principles of psychology. New York: Henry Holt.■ Jevons, W. S. (1900). The principles of science (2nd ed.). London: Macmillan.■ Johnson, G. (1986). Machinery of the mind: Inside the new science of artificial intelli gence. New York: Random House.■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models: Toward a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). The computer and the mind: An introduction to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Jones, E. (1961). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. L. Trilling & S. Marcus (Eds.). London: Hogarth.■ Jones, R. V. (1985). Complementarity as a way of life. In A. P. French & P. J. Kennedy (Eds.), Niels Bohr: A centenary volume. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Kant, I. (1933). Critique of Pure Reason (2nd ed.). N. K. Smith (Trans.). London: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1781 as Kritik der reinen Vernunft.)■ Kant, I. (1891). Solution of the general problems of the Prolegomena. In E. Belfort (Trans.), Kant's Prolegomena. London: Bell. (With minor modifications.) (Originally published in 1783.)■ Katona, G. (1940). Organizing and memorizing: Studies in the psychology of learning and teaching. New York: Columbia University Press.■ Kaufman, A. S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the WISC-R. New York: Wiley.■ Koestler, A. (1964). The act of creation. New York: Arkana (Penguin).■ Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology. (pp. 151-235) New York: Academic Press.■ KoЁhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. New York: Liveright.■ KoЁhler, W. (1927). The mentality of apes (2nd ed.). Ella Winter (Trans.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.■ KoЁhler, W. (1930). Gestalt psychology. London: G. Bell.■ KoЁhler, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology. New York: Liveright.■ KoЁhler, W. (1969). The task of Gestalt psychology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.■ Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.■ Langer, E. J. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.■ Langer, S. (1962). Philosophical sketches. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.■ Langley, P., H. A. Simon, G. L. Bradshaw & J. M. Zytkow (1987). Scientific dis covery: Computational explorations of the creative process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Lashley, K. S. (1951). The problem of serial order in behavior. In L. A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, the Hixon Symposium (pp. 112-146) New York: Wiley.■ LeDoux, J. E., & W. Hirst (1986). Mind and brain: Dialogues in cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Lehnert, W. (1978). The process of question answering. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Leiber, J. (1991). Invitation to cognitive science. Oxford: Blackwell.■ Lenat, D. B., & G. Harris (1978). Designing a rule system that searches for scientific discoveries. In D. A. Waterman & F. Hayes-Roth (Eds.), Pattern directed inference systems (pp. 25-52) New York: Academic Press.■ Levenson, T. (1995). Measure for measure: A musical history of science. New York: Touchstone. (Originally published in 1994.)■ Leґvi-Strauss, C. (1963). Structural anthropology. C. Jacobson & B. Grundfest Schoepf (Trans.). New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1958.)■ Levine, M. W., & J. M. Schefner (1981). Fundamentals of sensation and perception. London: Addison-Wesley.■ Lewis, C. I. (1946). An analysis of knowledge and valuation. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.■ Lighthill, J. (1972). A report on artificial intelligence. Unpublished manuscript, Science Research Council.■ Lipman, M., A. M. Sharp & F. S. Oscanyan (1980). Philosophy in the classroom. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.■ Lippmann, W. (1965). Public opinion. New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1922.)■ Locke, J. (1956). An essay concerning human understanding. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. (Originally published in 1690.)■ Locke, J. (1975). An essay concerning human understanding. P. H. Nidditch (Ed.). Oxford: Clarendon. (Originally published in 1690.) (With spelling and punctuation modernized and some minor modifications of phrasing.)■ Lopate, P. (1994). The art of the personal essay. New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books.■ Lorimer, F. (1929). The growth of reason. London: Kegan Paul. Machlup, F., & U. Mansfield (Eds.) (1983). The study of information. New York: Wiley.■ Manguel, A. (1996). A history of reading. New York: Viking.■ Markey, J. F. (1928). The symbolic process. London: Kegan Paul.■ Martin, R. M. (1969). On Ziff's "Natural and formal languages." In S. Hook (Ed.), Language and philosophy: A symposium (pp. 249-263). New York: New York University Press.■ Mazlish, B. (1993). The fourth discontinuity: the co- evolution of humans and machines. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.■ McCarthy, J., & P. J. Hayes (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 4. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.■ McClelland, J. L., D. E. Rumelhart & G. E. Hinton (1986). The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In D. E. Rumelhart, J. L. McClelland & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the mi crostructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 3-40). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/ Bradford Books.■ McCorduck, P. (1979). Machines who think. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. London: Faber & Faber.■ Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review 69, 431-436.■ Meehl, P. E., & C. J. Golden (1982). Taxometric methods. In Kendall, P. C., & Butcher, J. N. (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (pp. 127-182). New York: Wiley.■ Mehler, J., E.C.T. Walker & M. Garrett (Eds.) (1982). Perspectives on mental rep resentation: Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and ca pacities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Mill, J. S. (1900). A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive: Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation. London: Longmans, Green.■ Miller, G. A. (1979, June). A very personal history. Talk to the Cognitive Science Workshop, Cambridge, MA.■ Miller, J. (1983). States of mind. New York: Pantheon Books.■ Minsky, M. (1975). A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H. Winston (Ed.), The psychology of computer vision (pp. 211-277). New York: McGrawHill.■ Minsky, M., & S. Papert (1973). Artificial intelligence. Condon Lectures, Oregon State System of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.■ Minsky, M. L. (1986). The society of mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.■ Mischel, T. (1976). Psychological explanations and their vicissitudes. In J. K. Cole & W. J. Arnold (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation (Vol. 23). Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.■ Morford, M.P.O., & R. J. Lenardon (1995). Classical mythology (5th ed.). New York: Longman.■ Murdoch, I. (1954). Under the net. New York: Penguin.■ Nagel, E. (1959). Methodological issues in psychoanalytic theory. In S. Hook (Ed.), Psychoanalysis, scientific method, and philosophy: A symposium. New York: New York University Press.■ Nagel, T. (1979). Mortal questions. London: Cambridge University Press.■ Nagel, T. (1986). The view from nowhere. Oxford: Oxford University Press.■ Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.■ Neisser, U. (1972). Changing conceptions of imagery. In P. W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 233-251). London: Academic Press.■ Neisser, U. (1976). Cognition and reality. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Neisser, U. (1978). Memory: What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (pp. 3-24). London: Academic Press.■ Neisser, U. (1979). The concept of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg & D. K. Detterman (Eds.), Human intelligence: Perspectives on its theory and measurement (pp. 179-190). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.■ Nersessian, N. (1992). How do scientists think? Capturing the dynamics of conceptual change in science. In R. N. Giere (Ed.), Cognitive models of science (pp. 3-44). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.■ Newell, A. (1973a). Artificial intelligence and the concept of mind. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 1-60). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Newell, A. (1973b). You can't play 20 questions with nature and win. In W. G. Chase (Ed.), Visual information processing (pp. 283-310). New York: Academic Press.■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1963). GPS: A program that simulates human thought. In E. A. Feigenbaum & J. Feldman (Eds.), Computers and thought (pp. 279-293). New York & McGraw-Hill.■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.■ Nietzsche, F. (1966). Beyond good and evil. W. Kaufmann (Trans.). New York: Vintage. (Originally published in 1885.)■ Nilsson, N. J. (1971). Problem- solving methods in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.■ Nussbaum, M. C. (1978). Aristotle's Princeton University Press. De Motu Anamalium. Princeton, NJ:■ Oersted, H. C. (1920). Thermo-electricity. In Kirstine Meyer (Ed.), H. C. Oersted, Natuurvidenskabelige Skrifter (Vol. 2). Copenhagen: n.p. (Originally published in 1830 in The Edinburgh encyclopaedia.)■ Ong, W. J. (1982). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.■ Onians, R. B. (1954). The origins of European thought. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.■ Osgood, C. E. (1960). Method and theory in experimental psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1953.)■ Osgood, C. E. (1966). Language universals and psycholinguistics. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language (2nd ed., pp. 299-322). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.■ Peirce, C. S. (1934). Some consequences of four incapacities-Man, a sign. In C. Hartsborne & P. Weiss (Eds.), Collected papers of Charles Saunders Peirce (Vol. 5, pp. 185-189). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Penfield, W. (1959). In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.■ Penrose, R. (1994). Shadows of the mind: A search for the missing science of conscious ness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.■ Perkins, D. N. (1981). The mind's best work. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Peterfreund, E. (1986). The heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy. In■ J. Reppen (Ed.), Analysts at work, (pp. 127-144). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.■ Piaget, J. (1952). The origin of intelligence in children. New York: International Universities Press. (Originally published in 1936.)■ Piaget, J. (1954). Le langage et les opeґrations intellectuelles. Proble` mes de psycho linguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychologie Scientifique de Langue Francёaise. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.■ Piaget, J. (1977). Problems of equilibration. In H. E. Gruber & J. J. Voneche (Eds.), The essential Piaget (pp. 838-841). London: Routlege & Kegan Paul. (Originally published in 1975 as L'eґquilibration des structures cognitives [Paris: Presses Universitaires de France].)■ Piaget, J., & B. Inhelder. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.■ Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York: Morrow.■ Pinker, S. (1996). Facts about human language relevant to its evolution. In J.-P. Changeux & J. Chavaillon (Eds.), Origins of the human brain. A symposium of the Fyssen foundation (pp. 262-283). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Planck, M. (1949). Scientific autobiography and other papers. F. Gaynor (Trans.). New York: Philosophical Library.■ Planck, M. (1990). Wissenschaftliche Selbstbiographie. W. Berg (Ed.). Halle, Germany: Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina.■ Plato (1892). Meno. In The Dialogues of Plato (B. Jowett, Trans.; Vol. 2). New York: Clarendon. (Originally published circa 380 B.C.)■ Poincareґ, H. (1913). Mathematical creation. In The foundations of science. G. B. Halsted (Trans.). New York: Science Press.■ Poincareґ, H. (1921). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. G. B. Halstead (Trans.). New York: Science Press.■ Poincareґ, H. (1929). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. New York: Science Press.■ Poincareґ, H. (1952). Science and method. F. Maitland (Trans.) New York: Dover.■ Polya, G. (1945). How to solve it. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.■ Polanyi, M. (1958). Personal knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.■ Popper, K. (1968). Conjectures and refutations: The growth of scientific knowledge. New York: Harper & Row/Basic Books.■ Popper, K., & J. Eccles (1977). The self and its brain. New York: Springer-Verlag.■ Popper, K. R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London: Hutchinson.■ Putnam, H. (1975). Mind, language and reality: Philosophical papers (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Putnam, H. (1987). The faces of realism. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1981). The imagery debate: Analog media versus tacit knowledge. In N. Block (Ed.), Imagery (pp. 151-206). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1984). Computation and cognition: Towards a foundation for cog nitive science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Quillian, M. R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Quine, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Rabbitt, P.M.A., & S. Dornic (Eds.). Attention and performance (Vol. 5). London: Academic Press.■ Rawlins, G.J.E. (1997). Slaves of the Machine: The quickening of computer technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.■ Reid, T. (1970). An inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 151-178). New York: Random House/Modern Library.■ Reitman, W. (1970). What does it take to remember? In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models of human memory (pp. 470-510). London: Academic Press.■ Ricoeur, P. (1974). Structure and hermeneutics. In D. I. Ihde (Ed.), The conflict of interpretations: Essays in hermeneutics (pp. 27-61). Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.■ Robinson, D. N. (1986). An intellectual history of psychology. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.■ Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.■ Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Studies in cross cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-49) London: Academic Press.■ Rosch, E. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Rosch, E., & B. B. Lloyd (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Rose, S. (1970). The chemistry of life. Baltimore: Penguin Books.■ Rose, S. (1976). The conscious brain (updated ed.). New York: Random House.■ Rose, S. (1993). The making of memory: From molecules to mind. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1992)■ Roszak, T. (1994). The cult of information: A neo- Luddite treatise on high- tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.■ Royce, J. R., & W. W. Rozeboom (Eds.) (1972). The psychology of knowing. New York: Gordon & Breach.■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1977). Introduction to human information processing. New York: Wiley.■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. Bruce & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Rumelhart, D. E., & J. L. McClelland (1986). On learning the past tenses of English verbs. In J. L. McClelland & D. E. Rumelhart (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Rumelhart, D. E., P. Smolensky, J. L. McClelland & G. E. Hinton (1986). Schemata and sequential thought processes in PDP models. In J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing (Vol. 2, pp. 7-57). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Russell, B. (1927). An outline of philosophy. London: G. Allen & Unwin.■ Russell, B. (1961). History of Western philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.■ Russell, B. (1965). How I write. In Portraits from memory and other essays. London: Allen & Unwin.■ Russell, B. (1992). In N. Griffin (Ed.), The selected letters of Bertrand Russell (Vol. 1), The private years, 1884- 1914. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Ryecroft, C. (1966). Psychoanalysis observed. London: Constable.■ Sagan, C. (1978). The dragons of Eden: Speculations on the evolution of human intel ligence. New York: Ballantine Books.■ Salthouse, T. A. (1992). Expertise as the circumvention of human processing limitations. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Sanford, A. J. (1987). The mind of man: Models of human understanding. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.■ Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.■ Sapir, E. (1964). Culture, language, and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1941.)■ Sapir, E. (1985). The status of linguistics as a science. In D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (pp. 160166). Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1929).■ Scardmalia, M., & C. Bereiter (1992). Literate expertise. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing. New York: Grune & Stratten.■ Schank, R. C. (1973). Identification of conceptualizations underlying natural language. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 187-248). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Schank, R. C. (1976). The role of memory in language processing. In C. N. Cofer (Ed.), The structure of human memory. (pp. 162-189) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Schank, R. C. (1986). Explanation patterns: Understanding mechanically and creatively. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Schank, R. C., & R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, plans, goals, and understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ SchroЁdinger, E. (1951). Science and humanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Searle, J. R. (1981a). Minds, brains, and programs. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 282-306). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Searle, J. R. (1981b). Minds, brains and programs. In D. Hofstadter & D. Dennett (Eds.), The mind's I (pp. 353-373). New York: Basic Books.■ Searle, J. R. (1983). Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press.■ Serres, M. (1982). The origin of language: Biology, information theory, and thermodynamics. M. Anderson (Trans.). In J. V. Harari & D. F. Bell (Eds.), Hermes: Literature, science, philosophy (pp. 71-83). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.■ Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contemporary science and philosophy (pp. 22-40). Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.■ Simon, H. A. (1979). Models of thought. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.■ Simon, H. A. (1989). The scientist as a problem solver. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert Simon. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Simon, H. A., & C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of cognitive science. In M. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp. 1-47). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Simonton, D. K. (1988). Creativity, leadership and chance. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New York: Knopf.■ Smith, E. E. (1988). Concepts and thought. In J. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 19-49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Smith, E. E. (1990). Thinking: Introduction. In D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking. An invitation to cognitive science. (Vol. 3, pp. 1-2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Socrates. (1958). Meno. In E. H. Warmington & P. O. Rouse (Eds.), Great dialogues of Plato W.H.D. Rouse (Trans.). New York: New American Library. (Original publication date unknown.)■ Solso, R. L. (1974). Theories of retrieval. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Theories in cognitive psychology. Potomac, MD: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Spencer, H. (1896). The principles of psychology. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts.■ Steiner, G. (1975). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. New York: Oxford University Press.■ Sternberg, R. J. (1977). Intelligence, information processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.■ Sternberg, R. J. (1994). Intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, Thinking and problem solving. San Diego: Academic Press.■ Sternberg, R. J., & J. E. Davidson (1985). Cognitive development in gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented (pp. 103-135). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.■ Storr, A. (1993). The dynamics of creation. New York: Ballantine Books. (Originally published in 1972.)■ Stumpf, S. E. (1994). Philosophy: History and problems (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.■ Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Random House/Vintage Books.■ Thorndike, E. L. (1906). Principles of teaching. New York: A. G. Seiler.■ Thorndike, E. L. (1970). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Co. (Originally published in 1911.)■ Titchener, E. B. (1910). A textbook of psychology. New York: Macmillan.■ Titchener, E. B. (1914). A primer of psychology. New York: Macmillan.■ Toulmin, S. (1957). The philosophy of science. London: Hutchinson.■ Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organisation of memory. London: Academic Press.■ Turing, A. (1946). In B. E. Carpenter & R. W. Doran (Eds.), ACE reports of 1946 and other papers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Turkle, S. (1984). Computers and the second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon & Schuster.■ Tyler, S. A. (1978). The said and the unsaid: Mind, meaning, and culture. New York: Academic Press.■ van Heijenoort (Ed.) (1967). From Frege to Goedel. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.■ Varela, F. J. (1984). The creative circle: Sketches on the natural history of circularity. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality (pp. 309-324). New York: W. W. Norton.■ Voltaire (1961). On the Penseґs of M. Pascal. In Philosophical letters (pp. 119-146). E. Dilworth (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.■ Wagman, M. (1991a). Artificial intelligence and human cognition: A theoretical inter comparison of two realms of intellect. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1991b). Cognitive science and concepts of mind: Toward a general theory of human and artificial intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1993). Cognitive psychology and artificial intelligence: Theory and re search in cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1995). The sciences of cognition: Theory and research in psychology and artificial intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1996). Human intellect and cognitive science: Toward a general unified theory of intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1997a). Cognitive science and the symbolic operations of human and artificial intelligence: Theory and research into the intellective processes. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1997b). The general unified theory of intelligence: Central conceptions and specific application to domains of cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1998a). Cognitive science and the mind- body problem: From philosophy to psychology to artificial intelligence to imaging of the brain. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1998b). Language and thought in humans and computers: Theory and research in psychology, artificial intelligence, and neural science. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1998c). The ultimate objectives of artificial intelligence: Theoretical and research foundations, philosophical and psychological implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (1999). The human mind according to artificial intelligence: Theory, re search, and implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wagman, M. (2000). Scientific discovery processes in humans and computers: Theory and research in psychology and artificial intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.■ Wall, R. (1972). Introduction to mathematical linguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.■ Wallas, G. (1926). The Art of Thought. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co.■ Wason, P. (1977). Self contradictions. In P. Johnson-Laird & P. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.■ Wason, P. C., & P. N. Johnson-Laird. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.■ Watson, J. (1930). Behaviorism. New York: W. W. Norton.■ Watzlawick, P. (1984). Epilogue. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality. New York: W. W. Norton, 1984.■ Weinberg, S. (1977). The first three minutes: A modern view of the origin of the uni verse. New York: Basic Books.■ Weisberg, R. W. (1986). Creativity: Genius and other myths. New York: W. H. Freeman.■ Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to cal culation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.■ Wertheimer, M. (1945). Productive thinking. New York: Harper & Bros.■ Whitehead, A. N. (1925). Science and the modern world. New York: Macmillan.■ Whorf, B. L. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Whyte, L. L. (1962). The unconscious before Freud. New York: Anchor Books.■ Wiener, N. (1954). The human use of human beings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.■ Wiener, N. (1964). God & Golem, Inc.: A comment on certain points where cybernetics impinges on religion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Winograd, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. New York: Academic Press.■ Winston, P. H. (1987). Artificial intelligence: A perspective. In E. L. Grimson & R. S. Patil (Eds.), AI in the 1980s and beyond (pp. 1-12). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.■ Winston, P. H. (Ed.) (1975). The psychology of computer vision. New York: McGrawHill.■ Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.■ Wittgenstein, L. (1958). The blue and brown books. New York: Harper Colophon.■ Woods, W. A. (1975). What's in a link: Foundations for semantic networks. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representations and understanding: Studies in cognitive science (pp. 35-84). New York: Academic Press.■ Woodworth, R. S. (1938). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt; London: Methuen (1939).■ Wundt, W. (1904). Principles of physiological psychology (Vol. 1). E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.■ Wundt, W. (1907). Lectures on human and animal psychology. J. E. Creighton & E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.■ Young, J. Z. (1978). Programs of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.■ Ziman, J. (1978). Reliable knowledge: An exploration of the grounds for belief in science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Bibliography
-
85 po
praep. 1. (później niż) after- po śniadaniu/pracy/wojnie after breakfast/work/the war- po chwili after a bit a. moment- po godzinie/dwóch latach an hour/two years later, after an hour/two years- po dwuletnim pobycie w więzieniu after two years in prison- po południu in the afternoon- pięć/kwadrans po czwartej five/a quarter past four- wróciła po dwunastej she came back after twelve- po ukończeniu studiów rozpoczął pracę w szkole after a. on graduating he began working at a school- zdrzemnął się po wyjściu gości he nodded off after the guests had left pot.- po pięćdziesiątce musisz zacząć dbać o siebie when you’re over fifty you need to take care of yourself- po czym and then, after which- oprowadził mnie po starym mieście, po czym zaprosił na piwo he showed me around the Old Town and then invited me for a beer- po czasie late- oddał referat pięć dni po czasie he handed in his paper five days late2. (w przestrzeni, w różnych miejscach) (all) over, around, round GB- po całym mieście/kraju/domu all over (the) town/the country/the house- po całej Europie all over Europe, throughout the whole of Europe- ubrania porozrzucane po pokoju clothes flung all over a. scattered around the room- porozlewać wodę po podłodze to spill water all over the floor- biegać po sklepach to run round the shops pot.- chodzić po korytarzu/pokoju to walk up and down the corridor/around the room- chodzić po lesie/górach to walk in the forest/mountains- oprowadzić kogoś po zamku to show sb around a castle- szukać czegoś po encyklopediach to look a. hunt through encyclopedias for sth- szepczą o tym po kawiarniach tongues are beginning to wag (about it)3. (o powierzchni) (na) on; (wzdłuż) along- chodzić po piasku/trawie to walk on sand/grass- poruszać się po szynach to move (along) on rails- jechać na rowerze po szosie/ścieżce to cycle along a. on a road/path- ślizgać się po zamarzniętym jeziorze to skate on a frozen lake- bębnić palcami po stole to drum one’s fingers on the table- wchodzić/schodzić po schodach to walk up/down the stairs- zjeżdżać po poręczy to slide down the banisters- zupa ściekała mu po brodzie the soup was dripping down his chin- poruszać się po linii prostej to move in a straight line- przechodzić przez jezdnię po pasach to cross the road at a zebra crossing- głaskać kogoś po włosach/policzku to stroke sb’s hair/cheek- całować kogoś po rękach to kiss sb’s hands- pokrzywy parzyły go po nogach nettles were stinging his legs4. (o stronie) on- po tej/drugiej stronie ulicy on this/on the other side of the street- po prawej stronie drogi to the right of the road- po obu stronach kartki on both sides of the paper- kawałek chleba posmarowany po wierzchu dżemem a piece of bread with jam spread on top- placek przypalony po brzegach a pie burnt along the edges5. (do górnej granicy) (przestrzennej) (up) to, as far as; (czasowej) up to, till, until- po szyję/czubek głowy up to the neck/the top of one’s head- silne wiatry od Bałkanów po Skandynawię strong winds from the Balkans up to Scandinavia- wody było po kolana the water was knee-deep- talerz pełen po brzegi a plate full to the brim- od średniowiecza po schyłek Oświecenia from the Middle Ages up to a. until the end of the Enlightenment- od profesora po sekretarkę from the professor down to the secretary6. (w hierarchii, kolejności) after- była w naszym domu pierwszą osobą po ojcu she was the second most important person in our home after father- miał piąty po zwycięzcy czas na mecie he had the fifth best time (after the winner)- jeden po drugim one after the other a. another- przesłuchiwał taśmę po taśmie he listened to one tape after another- krok po kroku step by step- dzień po dniu day after day; day in, day out7. (dziedziczenie) from (kimś sb)- odziedziczyć coś po kimś to inherit sth from sb- objąć stanowisko po kimś to take over sb’s position, to succeed sb- objął tron po wuju he succeeded his uncle to a. on the throne- dom miał po dziadku he inherited the house from his grandfather- po matce miała talent muzyczny she had inherited her mother’s musical talent- prowadził po ojcu sklep mięsny he ran a butcher’s shop inherited from his father- nosić imię po dziadku to be named after one’s grandfather8. (następstwo) [sprzątać, zmywać] after (kimś sb)- rozpaczać po kimś to grieve over a. for sb- płakać po kimś to mourn sb- obiecywać sobie coś a. oczekiwać czegoś po kimś/czymś to expect sth from sb/sth- nie obiecuj sobie po nim zbyt wiele don’t expect too much from him- czego oczekujesz po tym zebraniu? what are you expecting from the meeting?- butelka po mleku/piwie a milk/beer bottle- pusty worek po ziemniakach an empty potato sack9 (na podstawie) by- poznać kogoś po głosie/ruchach to recognize sb by their voice/movements- po czym go poznałeś? how did you recognize him?- widać po twoich oczach, że jesteś zmęczona I can see a. tell by your eyes that you’re tired- sądząc po akcencie, (on) pochodzi z Dublina judging by a. from his accent, he comes from Dublin10 (cel) for (kogoś/coś sb/sth)- stać w kolejce po mięso to stand in the meat queue, to queue up for meat- zadzwonić po lekarza/taksówkę to phone for the doctor/a taxi- poszła do sklepu po chleb she went to the shop for some bread- poszedł po wnuczkę he went to collect his granddaughter- zatelefonowała do niego po radę she called him to ask for some advice- przyszedłem tu tylko po to, żeby wyjaśnić całą sprawę I just came here to explain the whole thing a. business pot.- nie po to przez pięć lat studiowałam prawo, żeby pracować jako kelnerka I didn’t study law for five years (in order) to work as a waitress- co a. cóż ci po pękniętej filiżance? what do you need a cracked cup for?- nic mi po takich radach what’s the use of advice like that?- nic tu po mnie I’m not needed here; I may as well go a. be off pot- po co what for?, why?- po cóż whatever for?- po co ci nóż? what do you need a knife for?- nie wiem, po co tu przyszła I don’t know what she came here for a. why she came here11 (wyrażające miarę, liczbę, wartość) po trzy z każdej strony three on each side- po parę razy dziennie several times a day- trzy pliki po sto banknotów (każdy) three bundles of a hundred banknotes each- po 2 złote za sztukę (at) 2 zlotys each a. apiece- po 5 złotych za kilo (at) 5 zlotys a a. per kilo- po ile? a. po czemu? przest. how much?- po ile te pomidory? how much are these tomatoes?- wchodziły po jednej they entered one by one a. one at a time- podchodzić do stołu po dwóch/trzech to come up to a. approach the table in twos/threes- po trochu bit by bit, little by little- zapłaciliśmy po dziesięć złotych we paid ten zlotys each- dostali po dwa jabłka they each got two apples- każde dziecko dostało po zabawce each child a. each of the children got a toy- Adam i Robert wygrali po książce Adam and Robert each won a book12 (w wyrażeniu przysłówkowym) po ojcowsku/profesorsku/chłopięcemu like a father/professor/boy- zrób to po swojemu do it your own way- czy mówisz po litewsku/włosku? can you speak Lithuanian/Italian?- powiedz to po angielsku say it in English■ po temu (stosowny) for it- to nie miejsce i czas po temu this is not the (right) time or place for it- powiem jej, kiedy nadarzy się po temu okazja I’ll tell her when I get the chance a. opportunity- mam po temu powody I have my reasons- miała wszelkie warunki po temu, żeby być dobrą aktorką she had all the makings of a good actress* * *abbr ( SZKOL: = Przysposobienie Obronne)* * *poprep.+ Loc.1. ( czas) after; past; dziesięć po trzeciej ten past l. after three; już po wszystkim it's all over now; mądry Polak po szkodzie everybody's got 20/20 hindsight, (it's easy to be) wise after the event; po chwili after a while, a moment later; po lecie przychodzi jesień summer is followed by fall l. autumn; po kilku latach after a few years, (a) few years later; po śniadaniu after breakfast; po zmroku after dark; przyjadę po świętach I'll come after Christmas.3. ( pochodzenie) from, of; butelka po winie (empty) wine bottle; garnek po mleku dirty milk pot; puszka po rybach empty fish can; rzeczy po kimś hand-me-downs.4. (= na podstawie) by; nie dać czegoś znać po sobie not let sth show; rozpoznać kogoś po akcencie/głosie recognize l. tell sb by his l. her accent/voice.5. ( dziedziczenie) after, from; dostała imię po babce she was named after her grandmother; głos mam po ojcu I get my voice from my father; objąć stanowisko po kimś take over from sb; spadek po wujku inheritance from one's uncle.6. ( hierarchia) after, next to; najważniejszy po prezydencie next to president; pierwszy po Bogu next to God; po Mickiewiczu after Mickiewicz.7. (przestrzeń, powierzchnia) in, around, on, over, along; całować kogoś po policzkach/rękach kiss sb's cheeks/hand; chodzić po linie walk on a rope; dreszcz przebiegł mi po plecach chill ran down my spine; głaskać kogoś po włosach stroke sb's hair; po drugiej stronie on the other side; po kładce over the footbridge; po korytarzu in l. along the corridor; po kraju around the country; po lesie/górach in the forest/mountains; po linii prostej in a straight line; po niebie in the sky; po mieście around the city; po okolicy around the neighborhood; po pokoju around the room; po trawie on grass; schodzić po schodach/drabinie go down the stairs/ladder; wchodzić po schodach/drabinie go up the stairs/ladder; wędrować po górach walk l. hike the mountains.8. ( rozciągłość w przestrzeni) around, round; chodzić po ludziach go from door to door; przesiadywać po kawiarniach sit around in cafes; jeździć po sanatoriach go from one sanatorium to another; włóczyć się po sądach drag o.s. from court to court.9. ( rozciągłość w czasie) to, till, until; pisać po całych dniach write for days on end; ślęczeć po nocach sit up late.10. ( systematyczność) by; po kawałku piece by piece, bit by bit; po trochu bit by bit; little by little.11. + Acc. ( zasięg) (up) to; stać w wodzie po kolana stand knee-deep in water; kufel wypełniony po brzegi beer mug full to the brim; uśmiać się po pachy laugh one's head off.12. + Acc. ( kres) till, until, to; aż po wszystkie czasy przest. till l. to the end of time; po dziś dzień przest. to this day.13. + Acc. ( cel) for; przyjść po poradę come for advice; dzwonić po lekarza call a doctor; sięgać po poradnik reach for a handbook; po co? what for?; po co to robisz? what are you doing this for?; nie pójdę tam, bo i po co? I'm not going there, what's the use?; po co o tym myślisz? what's the use of thinking about it?; nie wiem, po co to zrobiłem I don't know what I did it for; licho wie po co god knows why; po co ta mowa? pot. save your breath; po jakie licho l. kiego grzyba? pot. what the heck l. hell for?14. + Acc. (okeślona, powtarzająca się ilość, liczba) a, per; po trzy złote za kilogram three zloty a kilo; po pięć sztuk w paczce five items per pack.16. + Dat. ( sposób) in; po angielsku/polsku in English/Polish; po bożemu in a godly fashion; po cichu silently; po góralsku highlanders' fashion; po koleżeńsku friendly; po ludzku humanely; po mistrzowsku in a masterly way; po nowemu in a new way; po ojcowsku like a father; po pijanemu when drunk; po prostu just like that; po staremu in the (same) old way; posuwać się po omacku grope in the dark.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > po
-
86 entregar
v.1 to hand over.al final del curso te entregan un diploma you're given a diploma at the end of the courseel presidente entregó los premios a los ganadores the president handed out o presented the prizes to the winnersno entregarán a los rehenes hasta que no reciban el rescate they won't turn over o release the hostages until they receive the ransom2 to deliver, to give, to hand in, to turn in.El chico entregó el paquete The boy delivered the package.El ladrón entregó a su cómplice The thief turned in his accomplice.3 to give up.El Sr. Pérez entregó a su hija Mr. Perez gave up his daughter.4 to give away, to come across with, to surrender.Las víctimas entregaron sus joyas The victims surrendered their jewels.5 to render up, to surrender.El ladrón entregó las joyas The thief rendered up the jewels.* * *1 (dar) to hand over2 (deberes, ejercicios) to hand in, give in; (premios) to present, award3 COMERCIO to deliver4 MILITAR to surrender1 (rendirse) to give in (a, to), surrender2 (dedicarse) to devote oneself (a, to), be devoted (a, to)3 peyorativo (caer en) to give oneself over (a, to), take (a, to)* * *verb1) to deliver2) hand over3) present•* * *1. VT1) (=dar)a) [+ impreso, documento, trabajo] to hand in, give in, submit frmhay que entregar la redacción mañana — the essay has to be handed in o given in tomorrow
el proyecto se entregará a la comisión para que lo estudie — the plan will be put before the commission for them to study
b) [en mano] [gen] to hand over; [+ regalo] to giveme entregó la carta esta mañana — she gave me the letter this morning, she handed over the letter to me this morning
c) [+ premio, cheque] to presenthoy entregan los premios — they are presenting the awards today, the awards ceremony is today
2) (=distribuir) [gen] to give out; [+ correo, pedido] to deliverpara entregar a — (Com) [en envíos] for the attention of
3) (=ceder) [+ poderes, botín, rehenes] to hand over; [+ armas, país] to hand over, surrenderel enemigo acabó por entregar las armas — the enemy finally handed over o surrendered their weapons
el juez entregó la custodia del niño a su abuela — the judge gave o awarded o granted custody of the boy to his grandmother
4) [en boda] [+ novia] to give away2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( llevar) to deliver2)a) ( dar) to giveme/le entregó un cuestionario — she gave me/her o handed me/her a questionnaire
entregó su alma a Dios — (euf) he passed away (euph)
entregarlas — (Chi fam) to kick the bucket (colloq)
b) <premio/trofeo> to present3) <trabajo/deberes> to hand in, give in; <solicitud/impreso> to hand in, submit (frml)4)a) <ciudad/armas> to surrender; <poder/control> to hand overb) ( dedicar) to devoteentregó su vida a los pobres — she devoted o dedicated her life to the poor
5)a) <delincuente/prófugo> to turn in, hand over; < rehén> to hand overb) < novia> to give away2.entregarse v pron1) ( dedicarse)entregarse a algo/alguien — to devote oneself to something/somebody
2)me entregué al sueño — (liter) I succumbed to sleep (liter)
b) ( sexualmente)* * *= deliver, hand over, hand out, hand in, pass over, surrender, tender.Ex. You do not want to try and clear the building, thinking it is a fire when it is just somebody trying to deliver a parcel of books to the back door.Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.Ex. An aggressive approach is made to publicity, with posters and leaflets distributed widely, visits to local shops, post offices, doctors surgeries etc, to drum up business, and the use of volunteers to hand out leaflets at street corners = Se inicia una campaña de publicidad enérgica, distribuyendo de forma general folletos y pósteres, visitando las tiendas, oficinas de correos y consultorías médicas de la localidad, etc., para promocionar el negocio, además de utilizar voluntarios para distribuir prospectos por las esquinas de las calles.Ex. Detailed written reports could be handed in to instructors after oral presentation to the class.Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.Ex. The book's date label is stamped in the usual way, and the reader must surrender one token for each book he is borrowing.Ex. This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.----* entregar en garantía = pledge.* entregar en prenda = pledge.* entregar la vida = give + Posesivo + life.* entregar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.* entregar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.* entregarse = get in + the game, give + Posesivo + all.* entregarse a = give + Reflexivo + up to, abandon + Reflexivo + to, indulge in.* entregar un premio = present + award.* imposible de entregar = undeliverable.* que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( llevar) to deliver2)a) ( dar) to giveme/le entregó un cuestionario — she gave me/her o handed me/her a questionnaire
entregó su alma a Dios — (euf) he passed away (euph)
entregarlas — (Chi fam) to kick the bucket (colloq)
b) <premio/trofeo> to present3) <trabajo/deberes> to hand in, give in; <solicitud/impreso> to hand in, submit (frml)4)a) <ciudad/armas> to surrender; <poder/control> to hand overb) ( dedicar) to devoteentregó su vida a los pobres — she devoted o dedicated her life to the poor
5)a) <delincuente/prófugo> to turn in, hand over; < rehén> to hand overb) < novia> to give away2.entregarse v pron1) ( dedicarse)entregarse a algo/alguien — to devote oneself to something/somebody
2)me entregué al sueño — (liter) I succumbed to sleep (liter)
b) ( sexualmente)* * *= deliver, hand over, hand out, hand in, pass over, surrender, tender.Ex: You do not want to try and clear the building, thinking it is a fire when it is just somebody trying to deliver a parcel of books to the back door.
Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.Ex: An aggressive approach is made to publicity, with posters and leaflets distributed widely, visits to local shops, post offices, doctors surgeries etc, to drum up business, and the use of volunteers to hand out leaflets at street corners = Se inicia una campaña de publicidad enérgica, distribuyendo de forma general folletos y pósteres, visitando las tiendas, oficinas de correos y consultorías médicas de la localidad, etc., para promocionar el negocio, además de utilizar voluntarios para distribuir prospectos por las esquinas de las calles.Ex: Detailed written reports could be handed in to instructors after oral presentation to the class.Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.Ex: The book's date label is stamped in the usual way, and the reader must surrender one token for each book he is borrowing.Ex: This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.* entregar en garantía = pledge.* entregar en prenda = pledge.* entregar la vida = give + Posesivo + life.* entregar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.* entregar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.* entregarse = get in + the game, give + Posesivo + all.* entregarse a = give + Reflexivo + up to, abandon + Reflexivo + to, indulge in.* entregar un premio = present + award.* imposible de entregar = undeliverable.* que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.* * *entregar [A3 ]vtA (llevar) ‹carta/paquete› to deliver; ‹mercancías› to deliverentregamos los pedidos en el día we offer same-day deliveryentregó las invitaciones en mano she gave the invitations out o distributed the invitations by handB1 (dar) to giveme entregó 5.000 pesos a cuenta he gave me 5,000 pesos on accountse negó a entregármelo she refused to hand it over to meme amenazó y le entregué el dinero que llevaba encima he threatened me so I gave him o handed over all the money I had on meel secretario le entregó un cheque por $50.000 the secretary gave him o handed over o presented him with a check for $50,000me entregó un cuestionario she gave me o handed me a questionnairehoy nos entregan las llaves de la casa they're handing over the keys of the house today, we get the keys to the house today[ S ] Alberto Ruiz, para entregar a José Lerga José Lerga, c/o Alberto Ruizentregó su alma a Dios ( euf); he passed away ( euph), he gave up o delivered up his soul to God ( euph)2 ‹premio/trofeo› to presentel alcalde le entregó las llaves de la ciudad the mayor presented him with the keys to the cityhoy nos entregan los certificados we receive o get our certificates todayel proyecto será entregado al Congreso para su discusión the bill is to be put before o submitted to Congress for discussionD1 ‹ciudad/armas› to surrender; ‹poder› to hand overhan entregado el país a las empresas extranjeras they have handed the country over to foreign companies2 (dedicar) to devoteentregó su vida a Dios/a los pobres she gave o devoted o dedicated her life to God/to the poorE1 ‹delincuente/prófugo› to turn in, hand over; ‹rehén› to hand overlo entregaron a las autoridades they turned him in o handed him over to the authoritiesel juez entregó al niño a su padre adoptivo the judge put the child into his adoptive father's care2 ‹novia› to give awayA (dedicarse) entregarse A algo/algn to devote oneself TO sth/sbB1 (rendirse) to surrender, give oneself up; (a un vicio) to succumb, give inno creo que vaya a pasar de hoy, se ha entregado I don't think she'll last another day, she's given upentregarse A algo to give oneself over TO sthse entregó a la bebida he gave himself over to drink, he took to drink2 (sexualmente) entregarse A algn to give oneself TO sb* * *
Multiple Entries:
entregar
entregar algo
entregar ( conjugate entregar) verbo transitivo
1 ( llevar) ‹pedido/paquete/carta› to deliver
2
◊ me entregó un cuestionario she gave me o handed me a questionnaire;
no quiso entregármelo he refused to hand it over to me
entregarle algo a algn to present sb with sth
‹solicitud/impreso› to hand in, submit (frml)
3
‹poder/control› to hand over
‹ rehén› to hand over
entregarse verbo pronominal
1 ( dedicarse) entregarse a algo/algn to devote oneself to sth/sb
2
entregarse a algo/algn ‹al enemigo/a la policía› to give oneself up o surrender to sth/sbb) ( abandonarse):
entregar verbo transitivo
1 (poner en poder de) to hand over
2 (unos papeles, trabajo, etc) to give in, hand in
3 Com to deliver
' entregar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
original
- dar
- desprender
- pasar
- presentar
English:
accord
- commit
- deliver
- drop off
- give in
- hand
- hand in
- hand over
- pass over
- present
- surrender
- turn in
- undelivered
- give
- put
- serve
- trade
- turn
* * *♦ vt1. [dar] to hand over, to give;[premio, medalla, diploma] to present, to hand out;exigen que se les entregue un rescate they demand that a ransom be handed over;me entregó las llaves de la habitación y se fue she gave me the keys to the room and left;me entregaron un libro para que se lo diera a mi hermano they gave me a book for my brother;le entregaron las llaves de la ciudad they handed over the keys to the city to him;el presidente entregó los premios a los ganadores the president handed out o presented the prizes to the winners;al final del curso te entregan un diploma you're given a diploma at the end of the course2. [pedido, paquete, correspondencia] to deliver;[examen, informe, solicitud] to hand in;una carta certificada hay que entregarla en mano a registered letter must be delivered to the addressee in person3. [ceder] [ciudad, posesiones] to surrender;[armas] to hand over, to surrender;entregó el poder a su hermano he handed over power to his brother;con cinco goles en contra, entregaron el partido five goals down, they threw in the towel;Ven Famentregar los papeles [rendirse] to throw in the towel;[morir] to kick the bucket4. [persona] to turn over;entregó al ladrón a la policía she turned the thief over to the police;no entregarán a los rehenes hasta que no reciban el rescate they won't turn over o release the hostages until they receive the ransom5. [dedicar] to devote;ha entregado su vida a la lucha por el desarme she has devoted her life to fighting for disarmamentdesvalijaron el apartamento de arriba, para mí que lo entregó el portero they cleaned out the apartment above, I think the Br caretaker o US superintendent was in on it* * *v/t1 give, hand over3 mercancías deliver4 premio present* * *entregar {52} vt1) : to deliver2) dar: to give, to present3) : to hand in, to hand over* * *entregar vb1. (llaves, delincuente, etc) to hand over2. (trabajo, etc) to hand in¿has entregado el trabajo? have you handed your essay in?3. (mercancía) to deliver4. (premios, etc) to present -
87 εἰ
1εἰ (Hom.+)① marker of a condition, existing in fact or hypothetical, if (B-D-F §371f, neg. §428, 1; 2; Rob., indexes; JBoyer, Grace Theological Journal 2, ’81, 75–141, marker of a ‘simple, logical connection between protasis and apodosis’).ⓐ w. the indic.α. in all tenses, to express a condition thought of as real or to denote assumptions relating to what has already happened εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ if you really are the Son of God Mt 4:3; sim. 5:29f; 6:23; 8:31; Ac 5:39. εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ if you call yourself a Judean Ro 2:17. εἰ κατακαυχᾶσαι, οὐ σὺ βαστάζεις if you do boast, (remember) you do not support 11:18 al. In Paul the verb is freq. missing, and is to be supplied fr. the context: εἰ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν (sc. ἐστιν), τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρόν (sc. ἐστιν) 8:10. εἰ τέκνα (sc. ἐστέ) if you are children, then … vs. 17, εἰ χάριτι (γέγονεν), οὐκέτι ἐξ ἔργων 11:6 al. The negative in clauses where the reality of the condition is taken for granted is οὐ (earlier Gk. μή [for exception s. Goodwin p. 138f]; s. B-D-F §428, 1): εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν Mt 26:42. εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀφίετε Mk 11:25 [26] v.l. εἰ πιστοὶ οὐκ ἐγένεσθε Lk 16:11f; εἰ οὐκ ἀκούουσιν vs. 31. εἰ οὐ φοβοῦμαι Lk 18:4; cp. J 5:47; 10:37; Ro 8:9; 11:21; 1 Cor 7:9; 9:2; 11:6; 15:13ff, 29, 32; 16:22 al. εἰ is rarely found w. the future εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται Mt 26:33; Mk 14:29; εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα 2 Ti 2:12 (cp. Just., A I, 31, 6 εἰ μὴ ἀρνοῖντο Ἰησοῦν); εἰ ὑπομενεῖτε 1 Pt 2:20; εἰ καὶ οὐ δώσει (class. ἐὰν καὶ μὴ δῷ B-D-F §372, 3; Rob. 1012) Lk 11:8. W. aor., when events are regarded as having taken place Mt 24:22; Mk 3:26; 13:20.β. w. the pres., impf., aor., or plpf. indic. to express an unreal (contrary to fact) condition (B-D-F §360; 372; Rob. 1012ff). ἄν is usu. found in the apodosis (regularly in class.) εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σίδωνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις, πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν if the wonders had been done in T. and S., they would have repented long ago Mt 11:21. εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers 23:30. εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης if the master of the house had known 24:43 (cp. Just., A I, 12, 2 εἰ … ταῦτα ἐγίνωσκον; 18, 1 al.) εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἄν if he were a prophet, he would know Lk 7:39 al. The pres. indic. εἰ ἔχετε (v.l. εἴχετε) πίστιν … ἐλέγετε ἄν if you had faith … you would say Lk 17:6. Somet. ἄν is lacking in the apodosis (Polyaenus 2, 3, 5 εἰ ἐπεποιήκειμεν … νῦν ἐχρῆν=if we had done … it would have been necessary; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 16, 18 [II B.C.]; PRein I, 7 [II B.C.]; POxy 526, 10; 530, 8 and 17; Just., A I, 10, 6; 11:2 al.—PMelcher, De sermone Epict., diss. Halle 1905, 75; Mlt. 200f) εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο if this man were not from God, he would not have been able to … J 9:33. εἰ μὴ ἦλθον, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν if I had not come, they would not have sin 15:22; cp. vs. 24. W. the apodosis placed first Mk 9:42 (v.l. περιέκειτο), Lk 17:2; J 19:11.ⓑ εἰ w. subj., as καὶ εἴ τις θελήσῃ Rv 11:5 (s. 7 below), is unusual, perh. a textual error; B-D-F §372, 3 conjectures κἄν for καὶ εἰ. But εἰ w. subj. is found in the older poets and Hdt. (Kühner-G. II 474), in Aristoph., Equ. 698 et al., in var. dialects (EHermann, Griech. Forschungen I 1912, 277f) and in later times (e.g. Epict., Vett. Val., Lucian [ed. CJacobitz, Index graec. 473a]; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. p. 84, 28; 197, 9; ins [Rdm.2 199]; PRyl 234, 12; POxy 496, 11; Dt 8:5); B-D-F §372, 3; Mlt. 187; Reinhold 107; OSchulthess, AKaegi Festschr. 1919, 161f.ⓒ εἰ w. the optative is rare: εἰ καὶ πάσχοιτε … μακάριοι even if you should suffer, … you would be blessed 1 Pt 3:14. εἰ θέλοι (v.l. θέλει) τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ if it should be God’s will vs. 17. εἴ τι ἔχοιεν (sc. κατηγορεῖν; cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 εἰ … μηδὲν ἔχοι τις ἐλέγχειν) πρὸς ἐμέ if they should have any charges to bring against me Ac 24:19. εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη (Jos., Ant. 12, 12) if it should be possible 20:16 (but s. B-D-F §385, 2; Just., A II, 15, 2 εἰ δύναιντο). εἰ τύχοι is used as a formula (oft. in later wr., incl. Philo; s. KReik, D. Opt. bei Polyb. u. Philo 1907, 154; Just., A I, 27, 3) it may be, for example, perhaps 1 Cor 15:37; used to tone down an assertion which may be too bold 14:10 (Lucian, Icar. 6 καὶ πολλάκις, εἰ τύχοι, μηδὲ ὁπόσοι στάδιοι Μεγαρόθεν Ἀθήναζέ εἰσιν, ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενοι ‘and many times, so it appears, not even knowing how many stades it is from Megara to Athens’).② marker of an indirect question as content, that (Kühner-G. II 369, 8; Rob. 965. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 67 §283 ἀγανακτέω εἰ=be exasperated that; Sir 23:14 θελήσεις εἰ μὴ ἐγεννήθης; 2 Macc 14:28; 4 Macc 2:1; 4:7. S. on θαυμάζω 1aγ) ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν he was surprised that he was already dead Mk 15:44a. μὴ θαυμάζετε εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος do not wonder that the world hates you 1J 3:13; θαυμαζόντων …, εἰ τοσαύτη σπουδὴ ἦν τοῦ συλληφθῆναι that there was such interest in arresting MPol 7:2; AcPlCor 2:2 (cp. Just., A II, 8, 3 οὐδὲν … θαυμαστόν, εἰ). Sim. also (Procop. Soph., Ep. 123 χάριν ἔχειν εἰ=that) μαρτυρόμενος … εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός testifying … that the Christ was to suffer (s. πάσχω 3aα) Ac 26:23.—οὐ μέγα εἰ it is not surprising that 2 Cor 11:15 (cp. Aeschin., In Ctes. 94 ἐστὶ δεινὸν εἰ; Diod S 23, 15, 5, παράδοξον … εἰ=incredible … that; ibid. θαυμαστὸν εἰ; Gen 45:28 μέγα μοί ἐστιν εἰ).— That is also poss. after verbs of knowing or not knowing, e.g. J 9:25; Ac 19:2b; 1 Cor 1:16; 7:16; so CBurchard, ZNW 52, ’61, 73–82 but s. 5bα.③ marker in causal clauses, when an actual case is taken as a supposition, where we also can use if instead of since: εἰ τὸν χόρτον … ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν if God so clothes the grass Mt 6:30; Lk 12:28; cp. Mt 7:11; Lk 11:13; J 7:23; 10:35; 13:14, 17, 32; Ac 4:9; 11:17; Ro 6:8; 15:27; Col 2:20; Hb 7:15; 1 Pt 1:17; 1J 4:11.④ marker of strong or solemn assertion, without apodosis (=in aposiopesis; B-D-F §482; Rob. 1203) εἰ ἔγνως if you only knew Lk 19:42. εἰ βούλει παρενέγκαι if you would only let (this) pass 22:42 v.l. (cp. the letter fr. IV B.C. in Dssm., LO 120, note 5 [LAE 149]).—Hebraistic in oaths, like אִם: may this or that happen to me, if … (cp. 2 Km 3:25; GBuchanan, HTR 58, ’65, 319–24); this amounts to a strong negation certainly not (cp. Ps 7:4f; Gen 14:23) ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν εἰ δοθήσεται truly, I tell you, it will not be given Mk 8:12 (NColeman, JTS 28, 1927, 159–67 interprets this as strongly positive; against him FBurkitt, ibid. 274–76). εἰ εἰσελεύσονται they shall certainly not enter Hb 3:11; 4:3, 5 (all 3 Ps 94:11); B-D-F §372, 4; 454, 5; Mlt-H. 468f; Rob. 94; 1024.⑤ marker of direct and indirect questions (without particle following)ⓐ (not in earlier Gk., B-D-F §440, 3; Rob. 916) w. direct questions (Gen 17:17; 44:19; Am 3:3–6; 6:12; TestAbr A 15 p.96, 8 [Stone p. 40]; 18 p. 100, 13 [St. p. 48]): εἰ ἔξεστιν; is it permitted, may one? Mt 12:10; 19:3 (cp. Mk 10:2); Lk 14:3 v.l.; Ac 21:37; 22:25. εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σωζόμενοι; are there only a few who will be saved? Lk 13:23; cp. Mk 8:23; Lk 22:49; Ac 1:6; 7:1; 19:2a. Cp. 6aβ.ⓑ freq. in indir. questions whether (Hom. et al.)α. w. pres. indic. (Gen 27:21; 42:16; TestJob 31:1; Jos., Ant. 10, 259; 16, 225; Ar 8, 1; Just., A I, 2, 2; A II, 2, 10) εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός whether you are the Christ Mt 26:63. εἰ ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν whether he is a sinner J 9:25; εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἔστιν whether there is a holy spirit Ac 19:2b (s. 2 above). ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται Mt 27:49; Mk 15:36 (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 3 φέρʼ ἴδω εἰ=let me see whether, Merc. Cond. 6); cp. Mk 10:2; Lk 14:31; 1 Cor 3:12; 2 Cor 13:5; 1J 4:1.—W. the fut. indic. (4 Km 1:2; Job 5:1) εἰ θεραπεύσει αὐτόν whether he would heal him Mk 3:2 (v.l. θεραπεύει); Lk 6:7 v.l.; εἰ σώσεις whether you will save 1 Cor 7:16.—W. the aor. indic. (Esth 4:14; w. plpf. Just., D. 56, 2) εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανεν whether he had already died Mk 15:44b; εἰ ἐβάπτισα 1 Cor 1:16.β. w. subj. διώκω εἰ καταλάβω I press on (to see) whether I can capture Phil 3:12 (B-D-F §368; 375; Rob. 1017).γ. w. opt. (X., An. 1, 8, 15; 2, 1, 15; 4 Macc 9:27; 11:13) ἀνακρίνοντες … εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα examining … to see whether this was really so Ac 17:11. εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι 25:20; cp. 17:27.⑥ In combination w. other particles, w. the other particles foll.ⓐ εἰ ἄραα. expressing possibility if, indeed; if, in fact; whether (perhaps) (X., An. 3, 2, 22; SIG 834, 12; Gen 18:3; s. B-D-F §454, 2) 1 Cor 15:15 (εἴπερ ἄρα); Hv 3, 4, 3; 3, 7, 5; Hs 6, 4, 1; 8, 3, 3; 9, 5, 7; AcPt Ox 849, 6.β. introducing a direct question εἰ ἄρα ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; is it (really) so? Ac 7:1 v.l.; indirect qu. on the chance that (PPetr II, 13 [19] 9 ‘should you find it impossible’; Num 22:11) Mk 11:13; Ac 5:8 D; 8:22; in the hope that 17:27 (εἰ ἄρα γε); AcPt Ox 849, 2; 22. Cp. εἰ δέ … ; What if …? Ac 23:9.ⓑ εἴ γε if indeed, inasmuch as (Kühner-G. II 177c) Eph 3:2; 4:21; Col 1:23. τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ; εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ have you experienced so many things in vain? If it really was in vain Gal 3:4. εἴ γε καὶ ἐκδυσάμενοι οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα assuming, of course, that having put it off we shall not be found naked 2 Cor 5:3. [εἴ γ]ε οὕτως ὡς [ἔστιν καὶ παρελάβετε τὸν λόγον] AcPl BMM recto, 31f (restoration based on duplicate Ox 1602 verso, 37f and AcPl Ha 8, 24f, which has a slightly difft. text after εἴ γε [s. also the text of Ghent 62, 17 in HSanders, HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2]). S. γέ bα.ⓒ εἰ δὲ καί (Just., D. 110, 1) but if, and if Lk 11:18; 1 Cor 4:7; and even if 2 Cor 4:3 (but s. Lietzmann, Hdb.); 11:6. If, on the other hand, … then AcPlCor 2:28 (εἰ … δέ … καί … μή).ⓓ εἰ δὲ μή (γε) if not, otherwiseα. after affirmat. clauses, w. the aor. ind, and ἄν in the apodosis J 14:2; or pres. ind. (Demosth., Prooem. 29, 3) and fut. (Gen 30:1; Bel 29 Theod.; PLond 1912, 98) Rv 2:5, 16; or pres. impv. J 14:11.—εἰ δὲ μή γε (μήγε some edd.) otherwise (Pla. et al.; Epict. 3, 22, 27; Jos., Bell. 6, 120, Ant. 17, 113; Just., D. 105, 6; IGR IV, 833; POxy 1159, 6; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 167, 25; PGM 4, 2629; Da 3:15; Bel 8; TestSol 13:3 P): εἰ δὲ μή γε (sc. προσέχετε), μισθὸν οὐκ ἔχετε otherwise you have no reward Mt 6:1; cp. Lk 10:6. Elliptically: κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον• εἰ δὲ μή γε, ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν who knows, it may bear fruit next year; if not, fine, then cut it down (= have it cut down) 13:9.β. after negat. clauses, otherwise (X., An. 7, 1, 8; Diod S 3, 47, 4; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 100; LBW 1651 μὴ ἀδικεῖν…, εἰ δὲ μή; UPZ 196 I, 33 [119 B.C.]; Job 32:22) Mk 2:21f.—After a negative statement: οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς. εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται people do not pour new wine into old skins; otherwise they burst Mt 9:17; cp. Lk 5:36. μή τίς με δόξῃ ἄφρονα εἶναι• εἰ δὲ μή γε, κἂν ὡς ἄφρονα δέχασθέ με no one is to consider me foolish; otherwise at least accept me as a fool 2 Cor 11:16.ⓔ εἰ καί even if, even though, although Lk 11:8; 18:4; 1 Cor 7:21; 2 Cor 4:16; 7:8; 12:11; Phil 2:17; Col 2:5; Hb 6:9; AcPlCor 2:32.ⓕ εἰ μὲν γάρ for if Ac 25:11 v.l. (for εἰ μὲν οὖν); 2 Cor 11:4; Hb 8:4 v.l. (for εἰ μὲν οὖν).ⓖ εἰ μὲν οὖν if, then Hb 7:11. W. εἰ δέ foll. (X., Cyr. 8, 7, 22; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.) Ac 19:38.ⓗ εἰ μέντοι if, on the other hand Js 2:8.α. except, if not, mostly without a verb depending on εἰ μή (X., An. 2, 1, 12; JosAs 12:11; Just., A I, 29, 1) Mt 11:27; 12:24; 16:4; J 3:13; Ro 7:7; Gal 1:19 (HKoch, Z. Jakobusfrage Gal 1:19: ZNW 33, ’34, 204–9); but also with a verb (Jos., Ant. 8, 316) Mt 5:13; Mk 6:5; Ac 21:25 v.l.β. but (OGI 201, 20f οὐκ ἀφῶ αὐτοὺς καθεσθῆναι εἰς τὴν σκιάν, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ ἡλίου ἔξω; in note 33 the ed. gives exx. fr. Aristoph. for this use) without a verb Mt 12:4; w. a verb (Theod. Prodr. 7, 426 H.) Gal 1:7, s. ἄλλος 2b. For ἐκτὸς εἰ μή s. ἐκτός 3a.ⓙ εἰ μήτι unless indeed, unless perhaps (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 198 D.; Jos., Ant. 4, 280; Tat. 10, 2) Lk 9:13; 2 Cor 13:5; w. ἄν (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 4) 1 Cor 7:5 (s. Dssm., NB 32, 1 [BS 204 n.]; B-D-F §376; Mlt. 169; 239; Reinhold 35; JTrunk, De Basilio Magno sermonis Attic. imitatore 1911, 56; JWackernagel, Antike Anredeformen 1912, 27f).ⓚ εἰ οὖν if, therefore Mt 6:23; Lk 11:36; 12:26; J 13:14; 18:8; Col 3:1; Phlm 17.ⓛ εἴπερ if indeed, if after all, since (X., An. 1, 7, 9; Menand., Epitr. 907 S. [587 Kö.]; PHal 7, 6; UPZ 59, 29 [168 B.C.]; Jdth 6:9; TestJob 3:6; Just., Tat., Ath.) Ro 3:30 (ἐπείπερ v.l.); 8:9, 17; 2 Th 1:6.—if indeed, provided that εἴπερ ἄρα (ἄρα 1a) 1 Cor 15:15. καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ for even if (cp. Od. 1, 167; B-D-F §454, 2) 1 Cor 8:5; on 2 Cor 5:3 s. εἴ γε καί 6b above. Doubtful IEph 6:2; s. ἤ 2aβ.ⓜ if perchance, if haply εἰ δέ που … τις ἔλθοι if perchance … anyone came Papias (2:4).ⓝ εἴ πως (the spelling εἴπως is also correct; B-D-F §12) if perhaps, if somehowα. w. opt. (X., An. 2, 5, 2; 4, 1, 21; POxy 939, 15) εἴ πως δύναιντο παραχειμάσαι in the hope that they could spend the winter Ac 27:12.β. w. fut. indic. (3 Km 21:31; 4 Km 19:4; Jer 28:8; TestJos 6:6) εἴ πως εὐοδωθήσομαι whether, perhaps, I shall succeed Ro 1:10; cp. 11:14; Phil 3:11.ⓞ εἴτε … εἴτε (Soph. et al.; ins since 416 B.C. [Meisterhans3-Schw.]; pap [Mayser II/3, 159]; LXX; JosAs 5:9; ApcrEzk [Epiph 70, 11]; Jos., Ant. 16, 33 and 37; Just., Ath. B-D-F §446; 454, 3; Rob. ind.) if … (or) if, whether … orα. w. a verb in pres. indic. (Herm. Wr. 12, 22 thrice) 1 Cor 12:26; 2 Cor 1:6; or pres. subj. 1 Th 5:10.β. w. no verb (Just., D. 86, 3 al.) Ro 12:6–8; 1 Cor 3:22; 8:5; 2 Cor 5:10 al. εἴτε only once 1 Cor 14:27. εἴτε ἄρσενα εἴτε θήλειαν (ἤτε … ἤτε pap) GJs 4:1.⑦ Used w. the indef. pron.: εἴ τις, εἴ τι everyone who or whoever; everything that or whatever Mt 16:24; 18:28; Mk 4:23; 9:35; Lk 9:23; 14:26; 1 Ti 3:1, 5; 5:4, 8, 16 al. Cp. 1 Cor 12:31 v.l. (ADebrunner, ConNeot XI, ’47, 37). W. subj. εἴ τις θελήσῃ Rv 11:5 s. 1b, above.—DELG. M-M.2εἰ μήν, more correctly εἶ μήν (B-D-F §24; Rob. 1150) for the older ἦ μήν (Hom. et al. [s. Denniston 350f], but found also Jos., Ant. 13, 76; 17, 42), in Hellenistic-Roman times (SIG 993, 20 [III B.C.]; 736, 27 [92 B.C.]; IG IV, 840, 15 [EHermann, Gr. Forschungen I 1912, 312]; pap since 112 B.C. [Mayser 78]; LXX e.g. Ezk 33:27; 34:8 al.; Num 14:28; Jdth 1:12; Bar 2:29 [Thackeray 83]) formula used in oaths surely, certainly Hb 6:14 (Gen 22:17).—Dssm., NB 33ff (BS 205ff).—M-M. -
88 Opfer
n; -s, -1. sacrifice (auch fig.); (auch Opfergabe) offering; ein Opfer bringen make a sacrifice; Opfer bringen fig. make sacrifices (+ Dat for); viele Opfer an Zeit / Geld etc. bringen invest a great deal of time / money etc. ( für in); keine Opfer scheuen consider no sacrifice too great, give one’s all; unter großen Opfern at great cost2. (der, die Geopferte oder Geschädigte) victim (auch fig., eines Betrugs etc.); eines Unfalls etc.: auch casualty; zahlreiche Opfer fordern take a heavy toll on human life, cause heavy casualties, claim many victims; einer Sache zum Opfer fallen be the victim of s.th., fall victim to s.th.; das Haus wurde ein Opfer der Flammen geh. the house was consumed by the flames* * *das Opfer(Geschädigter) victim;(Opfergabe) sacrifice; offering; oblation;(Opferung) immolation* * *Ọp|fer ['ɔpfɐ]nt -s, -zum or als Opfer — as a sacrifice
die Gottheit verlangte zehn Jungfrauen zum or als Opfer — the god demanded the sacrifice of ten virgins
sie brachten ein Opfer aus Wein und Wasser dar — they made an offering of water and wine
jdm etw zum Opfer bringen, jdm etw als Opfer darbringen — to offer sth as a sacrifice to sb, to make a sacrificial offering of sth to sb
für ihre Kinder scheut sie keine Opfer — she sacrifices everything for her children, for her children she considers no sacrifice too great
2) (= Geschädigte) victimsie fiel seinem Charme zum Opfer — she fell victim to his charm
täglich werden 28 Kinder Opfer des Straßenverkehrs — every day 28 children are the victims of road accidents
das Erdbeben forderte viele Opfer — the earthquake took a heavy toll or claimed many victims
* * *das1) (a person who is wounded or killed in a battle, accident etc: There were hundreds of casualties when the factory went on fire.) casualty2) (a person who continually suffers from a disease, difficulty etc: She is a martyr to rheumatism.) martyr3) (a person who receives ill-treatment, injury etc: a murder victim; Food is being sent to the victims of the disaster.) victim4) (the act of offering something (eg an animal that is specially killed) to a god: A lamb was offered in sacrifice.) sacrifice5) (the thing that is offered in this way.) sacrifice6) (something of value given away or up in order to gain something more important or to benefit another person: His parents made sacrifices to pay for his education.) sacrifice* * *Op·fer<-s, ->[ˈɔpfɐ]nt1. (verzichtende Hingabe) sacrifice\Opfer bringen to make sacrifices2. REL sacrificeals \Opfer as a sacrifice [or an offering]jdm jdn/etw zum \Opfer bringen (geh) to sacrifice sb/sth to sb3. (geschädigte Person) victimjdm/etw zum \Opfer fallen to fall victim to sb/sth* * *das; Opfers, Opfer1) (Verzicht) sacrificeein Opfer [für etwas] bringen — make a sacrifice [for something]
2) (Geschädigter) victimjemandem/einer Sache zum Opfer fallen — fall victim to somebody/something; be the victim of somebody/something
3) (Opfergabe) sacrificejemandem/einer Sache etwas zum Opfer bringen — sacrifice something to somebody/something
* * *ein Opfer bringen make a sacrifice;viele Opfer an Zeit/Geld etcbringen invest a great deal of time/money etc (für in);keine Opfer scheuen consider no sacrifice too great, give one’s all;unter großen Opfern at great cost2. (der, die Geopferte oder Geschädigte) victim (auch fig, eines Betrugs etc); eines Unfalls etc: auch casualty;zahlreiche Opfer fordern take a heavy toll on human life, cause heavy casualties, claim many victims;einer Sache zum Opfer fallen be the victim of sth, fall victim to sth;das Haus wurde ein Opfer der Flammen geh the house was consumed by the flames* * *das; Opfers, Opfer1) (Verzicht) sacrificeein Opfer [für etwas] bringen — make a sacrifice [for something]
2) (Geschädigter) victimjemandem/einer Sache zum Opfer fallen — fall victim to somebody/something; be the victim of somebody/something
3) (Opfergabe) sacrificejemandem/einer Sache etwas zum Opfer bringen — sacrifice something to somebody/something
* * *immolation n.oblation n.quarry n.sacrifice n.victim n. -
89 przed
praep. 1. (w przestrzeni) (naprzeciw) in front of (czymś sth); (nie dochodząc) before (czymś sth)- siedzieć przed lustrem/telewizorem to sit in front of a mirror/the TV- usiądź przede mną sit in front of me- zatrzymać się przed domem to stop before a. in front of a house- uklęknąć przed kimś to kneel before a. in front of sb- skłonić się przed kimś to bow to sb- iść/patrzeć przed siebie to walk/look straight ahead- skręć w lewo przed rondem turn left before the roundabout- samochód podjechał przed kaplicę the car drove up to the chapel- wyszedł przed bramę he came out in front of the gate; (w tym samym kierunku) szła z rękami wyciągniętymi przed siebie she walked with her arms stretched out in front of her- pchała przed sobą wózek (spacerowy) she was pushing a pushchair (along)2. (w kolejności) before- na liście moje nazwisko jest przed twoim my name is before yours on the list- była przed nami w kolejce she was in front of us (in the queue)- nie wpychaj się przed nas don’t push in in front of us- sprawy publiczne stawiał przed innymi he put public affairs before everything else- Rosjanie wysunęli się przed Holendrów the Russians moved ahead of the Dutch3. (wcześniej niż) before- przed śniadaniem/świtem/wojną before breakfast/daybreak/the war- przed południem in the morning- V wiek przed naszą erą the fifth century before Christ a. BC- przyszła przed dwunastą she came before twelve- zdążył wrócić przed zamknięciem bramy he was back before the gate was closed- kilka osób mówiło na ten temat przede mną several people spoke about it before me- nie możesz podjąć tych pieniędzy przed upływem trzech miesięcy you can’t withdraw the money until a period of three months has elapsed- najgorsze jest jeszcze przed nami the worst is yet a. still to come a. still before us- przed czasem ahead of time a. schedule- samolot przyleciał przed czasem the plane arrived ahead of schedule4. (jakiś czas temu) before, earlier- przed godziną/miesiącem/dwoma laty an hour/a month/two years before a. earlier a. ago- przed laty years before a. earlier a. ago- przed chwilą widziałam to na stole I saw it on the table a moment ago5. (obrona) against, from- ochrona przed zimnem/słońcem protection against (the) cold/against sunlight- schronienie przed deszczem shelter from a. against the rain- strach przed kimś/czymś fear of sb/sth- schować się przed słońcem/deszczem to shelter from the sun/rain- ukryć coś przed kimś to hide sth from sb- opędzać się przed komarami to beat off mosquitoes6. (wobec) popisywać się przed gośćmi to show off in front of guests- wystąpić przed pełną salą to appear in front of a. before a full house- pochylić głowę przed kimś to bow to sb- wyżalać się przed kimś to pour out one’s troubles a. one’s heart to sb- niczego przede mną nie ukryjesz you can’t hide anything from me- został postawiony przed Trybunałem Stanu he was brought before the State Tribunal- przed sądem odbywa się sprawa o ustalenie ojcostwa a paternity case is in progress in court* * *1. prep +instr1) ( miejsce) in front of2) ( czas) beforeprzed obiadem/wojną — before dinner/the war
3) ( w obronie przed)przed chorobą/zimnem — against disease/cold
uciekać/chronić się przed czymś — to flee/shelter from sth
4) ( wobec)2. prep +acc( kierunek)* * *prep.1. + Ins. ( miejsce) in front of, outside; przed kimś/czymś in front of sb/sth; spotkamy się przed bankiem I'll meet you outside the bank; stał przed domem he stood in front of the house; karetka jechała przed nami ambulance was going in front of us; ogródek przed domem front garden; prosto przed siebie straight ahead; stawić się przed (sądem, komisją itp.) appear before l. in front of.2. ( moment) before, ahead of; przed południem before midday, in the morning, a.m., ante meridiem; przed końcem miesiąca by the end of the month; przed zapadnięciem zmroku before (it gets) dark; przed świętami before holidays; przed chwilą a while l. moment ago; przed czasem ahead of time, in good time; ( o porodzie) preterm; samolot przyleciał przed czasem plane arrived ahead of schedule; krótko przed shortly before; przed czterdziestką ( o wieku) on the right side of forty l. the hill, approaching forty; przed oczyma duszy in one's mind's eye.3. ( okres) ago, before; przed trzema godzinami three hours ago; przed dwoma miesiącami two months ago; przed laty years ago; przed upływem tygodnia before the week is over; na długo przed czymś long before; coś nie ma przed sobą przyszłości there's no future in sth; przed Chrystusem before Christ, B.C., before the Christian l. Common Era.4. ( obrona) against, from; uciekał przed policją he was fleeing from the police; bronił się przed ciosami napastnika he defended himself from his rival's blows; chronić kogoś przed czymś protect sb against sth, keep sb from sth; schronienie przed deszczem shelter from the rain; strach przed czymś fear of sth.5. ( ocena) to, before; popisywał się przed dziewczyną he showed off to impress the girl; wyżaliła się przed przyjaciółką she complained to her (girl)friend; nic przede mną nie ukrywasz? you're not hiding anything from me, are you?6. (= kolejność) before, above, previous to; przybiegł na metę przed faworytami he came to the finish line before the favorites, he finished before the favorites; dała jej pierwszeństwo przed innymi he gave her priority over the others; przede wszystkim first of all, first and foremost, above all; daleko przed kimś way ahead of sb; mam to jeszcze przed sobą ( w przyszłości) it's still ahead of me.7. (= szacunek) to, before; chylić głowę przed autorytetem bow one's head to l. before sb; chylić czoła przed kimś take one's hat off to sb; być odpowiedzialnym przed kimś be responsible to sb; przed Bogiem before God.8. + Acc. (= kierunek) before; wyjść przed dom go out; ciężarówka wysunęła się przede mnie truck passed me; patrzyć przed siebie look straight ahead; iść przed siebie walk straight on; roztoczył się przed nami piękny widok beautiful view opened before us; iść/jechać przed kimś go/drive before l. ahead of sb; być dopuszczonym przed czyjeś oblicze be admitted to sb's presence; przed obliczem in the presence; zanieść prośbę przed majestat króla present a request to the king.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > przed
-
90 dejado
adj.1 lazy, shiftless, careless, negligent.2 abandoned, dejected.past part.past participle of spanish verb: dejar.* * *1→ link=dejar dejar► adjetivo1 (descuidado) untidy, slovenly2 (negligente) negligent3 (perezoso) lazy► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 untidy person, slovenly person\dejado,-a de la mano de Dios familiar godforsaken* * *ADJ1) (=desaliñado) [en las costumbres] slovenly; [en la apariencia] scruffyes tan dejado que ni siquiera lava los platos — he's so slovenly he doesn't even bother to do the washing up
está muy dejada desde que vive en el campo — she's got very scruffy since she started living in the country
2) (=negligente) careless, sloppyDios 3)eres muy dejado con tu familia — you don't bother much about o with your family
* * *- da adjetivoa) ( en aseo personal) slovenlyun joven con un aspecto muy dejado — a young man of unkempt o slovenly appearance
b) (en tarea, trabajo) slack, lazyera tan dejado que acabaron por despedirlo — he was so slack in his work that they ended up firing him
* * *----* dejado al azar = stochastic.* dejado de la mano de Dios = God-forsaken.* persona dejada = slob.* ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.* * *- da adjetivoa) ( en aseo personal) slovenlyun joven con un aspecto muy dejado — a young man of unkempt o slovenly appearance
b) (en tarea, trabajo) slack, lazyera tan dejado que acabaron por despedirlo — he was so slack in his work that they ended up firing him
* * ** dejado al azar = stochastic.* dejado de la mano de Dios = God-forsaken.* persona dejada = slob.* ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.* * *1 (en el aseo personal) slovenlyun hombre joven con un aspecto muy dejado a young man of unkempt o slovenly appearance¡qué dejados son! mira cómo tienen la casa they're so untidy! just look at the mess the house is in!desde que murió su mujer está muy dejado since his wife died he's let himself go2(en una tarea, un trabajo): se atrasó en los pagos por dejada she got behind with the payments through lazinessera tan dejado que acabaron por despedirlo he had such a couldn't-care-less attitude o he was so slack in his work that they ended up firing himmasculine, feminine1(en el aseo personal): es una dejada, la casa está que da asco she's so slovenly, the house is in a disgusting stateeres un dejado, ¿cuánto hace que no te cambias de ropa? you're such a slob, how long is it since you changed your clothes?2(en una tarea, un trabajo): seguro que no lo hizo adrede, sabes que es una dejada … I'm sure she didn't do it on purpose, you know how careless she is …* * *
Del verbo dejar: ( conjugate dejar)
dejado es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
dejado
dejar
dejado◊ -da adjetivo
dejar ( conjugate dejar) verbo transitivo
1
dejó a los niños en el colegio she dropped the children (off) at school;
dejado un recado to leave a message;
dejado propina to leave a tip;
deja ese cuchillo put that knife down;
déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa leave her alone, it wasn't her fault;
dejado mucho que desear to leave a great deal to be desired
◊ ¡déjalo! forget it!
2
3 ( abandonar) ‹novia/marido› to leave;
‹ familia› to leave, abandon;
‹ trabajo› to give up, leave;
‹ lugar› to leave;
4 (+ compl) ( en cierto estado) to leave;
me dejó esperando afuera she left me waiting outside;
¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!;
me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos he let me have it for 1,000 pesos;
See also→ lado 3
5
◊ no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now
( permitir)◊ dejadoa algo/algn hacer algo to let sth/sb do sth;
déjalo entrar let it/him in;
deja correr el agua let the water run;
¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?;
dejado que algo/algn haga algo to let sb/sth do sth;
déjame que te ayude let me help you;
See Also→ caer 1, See Also→ paso 1 b
verbo intransitivo dejado de hacer algo to stop doing sth;◊ dejado de fumar to give up o to stop smoking;
no dejes de escribirme make sure you write to me
dejarse verbo pronominal
1
b)◊ dejadose hacer algo: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him;
se deja influir fácilmente he's easily influenced;
dejadose llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music;
dejadose estar (AmL);
( descuidarse) to be careless;
( abandonarse) to let oneself go
2 ‹barba/bigote› to grow
3 dejadose de hacer algo to stop doing sth;
4 (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave
dejado,-a adjetivo
1 (descuidado en el aseo) untidy, slovenly
2 (negligente, despreocupado) negligent, careless
♦ Locuciones: familiar dejado de la mano de Dios, godforsaken: su prima vive en un pueblo dejado de la mano de Dios, her cousin lives in a village in the middle of nowhere
dejar
1 verbo transitivo
1 (poner en un sitio una cosa) to leave: déjalo donde estaba, leave it where it was
no sé dónde dejé las llaves, I don't know where I left my keys
(a una persona en un lugar) to drop off
2 (prestar) to lend: ¿me dejas tu blusa?, may I borrow your blouse?
3 (abandonar a un niño) to abandon
(romper relaciones con) to leave: Carmen dejó a su novio, Carmen broke up with her boyfriend
(una actividad) to give up: dejó de bailar, she gave up dancing
dejar el trabajo, to leave one's job
(desistir) to give up: lo dejé por imposible, I gave it up
4 (autorizar, dar permiso) to let, allow: no sé si le dejarán viajar solo, I don't know if they'll let her travel unaccompanied
dejar entrar/salir, to let in/out ➣ Ver nota en let 5 (no molestar) to leave sb alone: deja a mamá, que está descansando, leave mummy alone, she's having a rest
6 (producir beneficios) to produce
7 (aplazar) dejaron la visita para otro día, they put the visit off for another day
8 (+ adjetivo: en un estado) to make
dejar cansado, to make (sb) tired
dejar preocupado/satisfecho, to worry/satisfy
II v aux ( dejar de + infinitivo) to stop, give up: no deja de hablar de él, she never stops talking about him
no dejes de llamar para avisarme, don't forget to call me
de pronto dejó de respirar, suddenly he stoped breathing ➣ Ver nota en give y stop
♦ Locuciones: déjame en paz, leave me alone
dejar dicho, to leave a word o a message
dejar fuera, (excluir, no tener en cuenta) to leave out, omit
dejar mucho que desear, to leave a lot to be desired: su examen dejó mucho que desear, his exam performance left a lot to be desired
' dejado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
defensa
- dejada
- dejarse
- estropajosa
- estropajoso
- estupefacta
- estupefacto
- horda
- secuela
- deber
- entrever
English:
discontinue
- godforsaken
- jack in
- leave
- numb
- off
- reportedly
- resign
- shut out
- slob
- some
- stop
- wherever
- neglected
- scruffy
* * *dejado, -a♦ adj1. [desaseado] slovenly, slobbish;¡no seas tan dejado y dúchate más a menudo! don't be such a slob, and have a shower more often!;podías ser menos dejado y limpiar la cocina de vez en cuando you could try not to be such a slob and clean the kitchen occasionally2. [descuidado] careless, sloppy;[perezoso] lazy;no seas tan dejado y escríbenos de vez en cuando don't be so lazy and write to us occasionally♦ nm,f1. [desaseado] slovenly person, slob;¡eres un dejado! you're so slovenly!2. [descuidado] careless person* * *I part → dejarII adj slovenly* * *dejado, -da adj1) : slovenly2) : careless, lazy -
91 estado
m.1 state.estado de excepción o emergencia state of emergencyestado de salud (state of) healthestado de sitio state of siegeel estado de las carreteras road conditionsestar en buen/mal estado to be in good/bad condition; (vehículo, terreno) to be fresh/off (alimento, bebida)en estado de alerta on (the) alertestar en estado (de esperanza o buena esperanza) to be expectingquedarse en estado to become pregnantestado anímico o de ánimo state of mindestado de bienestar welfare stateestado civil marital statusen estado de coma in a comaestado de cuentas statement of accounts2 state (gobierno).el estado the State3 state.estado policial police stateestado satélite satellite (state)Estados Unidos de América United States of America4 status, standing.5 condition, shape.past part.past participle of spanish verb: estar.* * *1 (situación) state, condition2 (en orden social) status3 HISTORIA estate4 PLÍTICA state\estar en buen estado to be in good conditionestar en estado to be pregnantestar en estado de funcionamiento to be in working orderestar en mal estado to be in bad conditionestado civil marital statusestado de ánimo state of mindestado de bienestar welfare stateestado de cuentas statement of accountsestado de excepción state of emergencyestado de guerra state of warestado de salud state of healthestado mayor MILITAR staffestado noble noble estateestado sólido solid state* * *noun m.1) state2) status3) condition* * *SM1) (=situación)a) [de objeto, proceso] state¿en qué estado se encuentran las relaciones entre los dos países? — what is the state of relations between the two countries?
el ordenador está en perfecto estado — the computer is working perfectly o is in perfect working order
•
estar en mal estado — [instalación] to be in (a) poor condition, be in a bad state; [alimentos] to be offel techo se encontraba en muy mal estado — the roof was in very poor condition o in a very bad state
tras comer carne en mal estado — after eating meat that was off o that had gone off
b) [de persona] conditionestado de alarma, estado de alerta — state of alert
estado de ánimo — [emocional] mood; [mental] state of mind
estado de coma — coma, state of coma
en este estado de cosas, lo mejor es convocar nuevas elecciones — given the state of affairs, the best thing to do is call another election
¿cuál es el estado de cosas ahora? — what's the state of play now?
estado de emergencia, estado de excepción — state of emergency
estado de gracia — [de creyente] state of grace; [de político, gobierno] honeymoon period; [de deportista] run of good form
estado de la red — (Inform) volume of users
estado de salud — condition, state of health
2) (Fís) state3)• en estado (=embarazada) —
•
en avanzado estado de gestación — heavily pregnant, in an advanced state of pregnancy•
estar en estado interesante — hum to be expecting, be in the family way *4) (=nación) statelos intereses del estado — national o state interests
asuntos de estado — affairs of state, state affairs
•
hombre de estado — statesmanestado asistencial, estado benefactor — welfare state
golpe 10)estado del bienestar, estado de previsión — welfare state
5) (=región) [en EE.UU., México, Brasil] state6) ( Hist) (=clase) estate7) (Mil)8) (Com, Econ) (=informe) reportestado de contabilidad — Méx balance sheet
estado de cuenta — bank statement, statement of account frm
estado de cuentas — [de una empresa] statement of account
* * *1)a) (situación, condición) stateen avanzado estado de descomposición — (frml) in an advanced state of decomposition
en estado de embriaguez — (frml) under the influence of alcohol
tomar estado público — (RPl frml) to become public (knowledge)
b) (Med) conditionen avanzado estado de gestación — (frml) in an advanced state of pregnancy (frml)
estar en estado — (euf) to be expecting (colloq)
estar en estado de buena esperanza — (euf or hum) to be expecting a happy event (euph)
quedarse en estado — (euf) to get pregnant
2) (nación, gobierno) statela seguridad del Estado — national o state security
•* * *1)a) (situación, condición) stateen avanzado estado de descomposición — (frml) in an advanced state of decomposition
en estado de embriaguez — (frml) under the influence of alcohol
tomar estado público — (RPl frml) to become public (knowledge)
b) (Med) conditionen avanzado estado de gestación — (frml) in an advanced state of pregnancy (frml)
estar en estado — (euf) to be expecting (colloq)
estar en estado de buena esperanza — (euf or hum) to be expecting a happy event (euph)
quedarse en estado — (euf) to get pregnant
2) (nación, gobierno) statela seguridad del Estado — national o state security
•* * *estado11 = state, commonwealth.Ex: WLN (Western Library Network) is composed of libraries in the states of Washington and Alaska in the United states, and is expanding to cover other states and libraries in Canada.
Ex: The article is entitled 'Academic libraries: `towards commonwealth and coalitions'.* abogado del estado, abogado de la corona = Queen's Counsel (QC).* al norte del estado = upstate.* capital del estado = nation-state capital, state capital.* Capitolio del Estado = State Capitol.* condición de estado = statehood.* controlado por el estado = state-controlled.* Denominación de Productos para las Estadísticas del Comercio Externo de la C = Nomenclature of Goods for the External Trade Statistics of the Community and Statistics of Trade between Member States (NIMEXE).* de varios estados = multi-state [multistate].* empleado del estado = state employee.* en el norte del estado = upstate.* en todo el estado = statewide [state-wide].* estado árabe = Arab state.* estado de derecho = rule of law.* estado de hecho = rule of men.* estado del bienestar = welfare state.* estado isleño = island nation.* estado laico = secular state.* estado miembro = member government, member state.* estado nacional = nation state, national state.* estado niñera = nanny state.* estado paternalista = nanny state.* estados bálticos, los = Baltic States, the.* estado soberano = sovereign state.* Estados Unidos continental = continental United States, the.* Estados Unidos de América, los (EE.UU., los) = USA, the (United States of America, the).* Estados Unidos, los = US, US, the [U.S.], United States, the.* financiado por el estado = state-supported, state-funded.* golpe de estado = coup d'etat, putsch.* Guerra entre España y los Estados Unidos, la = Spanish-American War, the.* hombre de estado = statesman [statesmen, -pl.].* intento de golpe de estado = attempted coup, coup attempt.* jefe de estado = head of state, chief of state.* jefe del estado mayor = Chief of Staff.* localizado en los Estados Unidos = US-based.* nación sin estado = stateless nation.* objeto de delito contra el estado = impeachable.* papá estado = nanny state.* poder del estado = state power.* propiedad del estado = state property.* región central de los Estados Unidos, la = American midwest, the.* regulado por el estado = state-regulated.* secretario de Estado = Secretary of State.* Secretario de Estado, el = State Secretary, the.* secreto de estado = state secret.* supervisado por el estado = state-regulated.* tentativa de golpe de estado = attempted coup, coup attempt.* visita de estado = state visit.* zona de los tres estados = tristate area.estado22 = stage, state, status, condition.Ex: The first stage in the choice of access points must be the definition of an author.
Ex: Before she could respond and follow up with a question about her distraught state, Feng escaped to the women's room.Ex: AACR2 assigns this main entry status to the person who is chiefly responsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of a work.Ex: He was laid upon the bed and upon examination his head was found in a terrible condition, swelled and bruised from the effect of sandbag blows.* alternar de un estado a otro = toggle.* base de datos en estado original = raw database.* buen estado físico = fitness, physical fitness.* datos en estado bruto = raw facts.* dejar a Alguien en estado = knock + Alguien + up.* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated.* en estado de alerta = on standby, on alert.* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.* en estado de descomposición = decaying.* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.* en estado de reserva = on standby.* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.* en mal estado = in bad condition, in poor condition, in bad shape, in poor shape, in bad nick.* en perfecto estado = intact, in mint condition, in immaculate condition.* en su estado embrionario = in its embryonic stage.* en su estado natural = in the wild.* en tado de deterioro = dilapidated.* en un estado embrionario = in an embryonic stage.* estado actual = current state, present state.* estado anímico = state, mood.* estado civil = marital status.* estado de abandono = state of neglect.* estado de alerta = state of alert.* estado de amenaza terrorista = terror alert.* estado de ánimo = mood, state of mind, frame of mind, humour [humor, -USA].* estado de cambio = state of flux.* estado de confusión = state of confusion.* estado de emergencia = state of emergency.* estado de excepción = state of emergency, state of exception.* estado de inactividad = state of dormancy.* estado de la circulación = traffic conditions.* estado de la cuestión = state of the art.* estado del arte = state of the art.* estado de las artes = state of the arts.* estado de las carreteras = traffic report, road conditions.* estado del ordenador en fuera de línea = offlineness.* estado del ordenador en línea = onlineness.* estado del tiempo = weather conditions.* estado de salud = state of health.* estado de trance = state of trance.* estado de una situación = state of being.* estado de vigilia = wakefulness.* estado físico = physical condition, physical shape, physical state.* estado híbrido = hybridity.* estado incompleto = incompleteness.* estado latente = latency, state of dormancy.* estado líquido = molten state.* estado molecular = molecular state.* estado natural = natural state.* estado sólido = solid state.* estado vegetativo = vegetative state.* estado vegetativo persistente = persistent vegetative state.* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.* estudio crítico del estado de la cuestión = review.* estudio del estado de la cuestión = survey.* física del estado sólido = solid state physics.* información en su estado primario = raw information.* informe del estado de la cuestión = state of the art report, state of the art review.* informe sobre el estado de la nación = state of the nation report.* informe sobre el estado general de las carreteras = road report.* mal estado = disrepair, state of disrepair.* mal estado de salud = poor health.* mantenerse en buen estado físico = keep + fit.* mujer en estado = pregnant woman.* perfecto estado = intactness.* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* que conserva su estado natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant, be up the spout.* sin información sobre el estado anterior = stateless.* volver Algo a su estado anterior = put + Nombre + back on track.* * *A1 (situación, condición) stateel debate sobre el estado de la nación the debate on the state of the nationla casa está en buen estado the house is in good conditionlas carreteras están en muy mal estado the roads are in very poor condition o in a very bad statela carne estaba en mal estado the meat was bad o ( BrE) offen avanzado estado de descomposición ( frml); in an advanced state of decompositionen estado de embriaguez ( frml); under the influence of alcohol2 ( Med) conditionsu estado general es satisfactorio ( frml); his general condition is satisfactoryen avanzado estado de gestación ( frml); in an advanced state of pregnancy ( frml), seven ( o eight etc) months pregnantno debería fumar en su estado she shouldn't smoke in her conditionquedarse en estado ( euf); to get pregnantCompuestos:marital statusstate of alertstate of mindcomaestaba en estado de coma she was in a comabank statement, statement of account● estado de emergencia or excepciónstate of emergencystate of gracestate of warweather conditionsstate of maximum alertstate of maximum securitystate of siegefinancial statementsolid stateB1 (nación) statela seguridad del Estado national o state security2 (gobierno) stateun asunto de estado a state matterel Estado the State3 ( Hist) (estamento) estateel primer/segundo/tercer estado the first/second/third estateCompuestos:welfare statecity-statewelfare stateel estado llano the commonalty, the commons (pl)( Mil) general staffpolice statesovereign statebuffer state( Pol); rogue state* * *
Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)
estado es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
estado
estar
estado sustantivo masculino
1
estado de cuenta bank statement;
estado de emergencia or excepción state of emergency;
la casa está en buen estado the house is in good conditionb) (Med) condition;◊ estar en estado (euf) to be expecting (colloq);
quedarse en estado (euf) to get pregnantc)
2 (nación, gobierno) state;◊ la seguridad del Eestado national o state security;
estado de bienestar welfare state
estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1a) ( seguido de adjetivos)◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;
estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!b) ( con◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;
¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
3 ( seguido de participios)
estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;
está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo estadoé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo estadoás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;
¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3a) (tener como función, cometido):
estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
4 (estar listo, terminado):
lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
estado v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;◊ ¿no te puedes estado quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;
estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
estado sustantivo masculino
1 Pol state
estado de bienestar, welfare state
2 (circunstancia, situación) state, condition: este abrigo está en un estado lamentable, this coat is in a terrible state
no puedes conducir en ese estado, you can't drive in that condition
estado de ánimo/ excepción/guerra/sitio, state of mind/emergency/ war/siege
estado civil, marital status
Mil Estado Mayor, staff
♦ Locuciones: estar en estado (de buena esperanza), to be expecting
abogado del Estado, legal representative of the State
razón de Estado, reason of State
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
' estado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogada
- abogado
- aconfesional
- amiguete
- animada
- animado
- anímica
- anímico
- ánimo
- aparato
- atonía
- bajón
- barra
- bienestar
- BOE
- boletín
- bonanza
- bono
- bregar
- con
- condición
- coño
- dejar
- deplorable
- desocupación
- deterioro
- día
- dormitar
- estribar
- fiscal
- fragmentaria
- fragmentario
- ir
- golpe
- gravedad
- hombre
- jefa
- jefatura
- jefe
- lamentable
- licitar
- mentar
- mira
- notar
- penosa
- penoso
- permanecer
- permanencia
- primitiva
- primitivo
English:
abject
- absent
- act up
- agitation
- almost
- Attorney General
- bad
- bad-tempered
- be
- blissful
- budget
- canvass
- chancellor
- check up on
- club
- combine
- comfortable
- condition
- conscious
- consciousness
- coup
- crown
- decaying
- deliberate
- delusion
- denunciation
- disease
- disheveled
- dishevelled
- disrepair
- doldrums
- ever
- evident
- fall
- fitness
- fixture
- frame of mind
- gilt-edged
- he's
- head
- herself
- himself
- incompleteness
- intermittent
- intoxicated
- limbo
- maintain
- marital status
- marriage
- mind
* * *estado nm1. [situación, condición] state;su estado es grave his condition is serious;me lo encontré en un estado penoso I found him in a pitiful state;el estado de su cuenta arroja un saldo positivo your account is in credit;estar en buen/mal estado [vehículo, terreno, edificio] to be in good/bad condition;[alimento, bebida] to be fresh/Br off o US spoiled;la moqueta se halla en muy mal estado the carpet is in very bad condition;en estado de alerta on (the) alert;en estado de guerra at war;estar en estado (de buena esperanza) to be expecting, to be in the family way;quedarse en estado to become pregnant;estar en estado de merecer to be marriageableestado de ánimo state of mind, mood;estado de bienestar welfare state;estado civil marital status;estado de coma: [m5] en estado de coma in a coma;estado de cuentas statement of accounts;estado de emergencia state of emergency;estado de equilibrio state of equilibrium;estado estacionario [de enfermo] stable condition;estado de excepción state of emergency;estado de gracia [de santo] state of grace;estar en estado de gracia [deportista] to be on excellent form;estado de reposo: [m5] en estado de reposo at rest;estado de salud (state of) health;estado de sitio state of siege;estado vegetativo vegetative state;estado vegetativo permanente persistent vegetative state2. Fís state;un cuerpo en estado sólido/líquido/gaseoso a body in a solid/liquid/gaseous stateestado cristalino crystalline state3. [gobierno] state;temas de estado affairs of state;un hombre de estado a statesman;el Estado [el gobierno, la administración] the State;asuntos que atañen a la seguridad del Estado matters relating to state security;el Estado de las Autonomías = the organization of the Spanish state into autonomous regions with varying degrees of devolved power4. [país, división territorial] state;un estado independiente an independent state;un estado de derecho a state which is subject to the rule of lawestado policial police state;Estados Unidos (de América) United States (of America);Estados Unidos Mexicanos United Mexican StatesHist los Estados Generales the Estates General;el estado llano the third estate, the common people* * *m1 state2 MED condition;en buen/mal estado in good/bad condition3:el Estado the State* * *estado nm1) : state2) : statusestado civil: marital status3) condición: condition* * *estado n1. (en general) state2. (condición) condition -
92 יחד
יָחַדPi. יִחֵד, יִיחֵד (b. h.; v. אֶחָד) 1) to unite, concentrate. Y.Ber.IV, 7d bot. ותְיַיחֵד לבבינווכ׳ and concentrate our hearts (inclinations) to fear thy Name. 2) (with על) to confer a distinction, name Gen. R. s. 68 אברהם י׳ … שמו עליו on Abraham did the Lord confer His Name (Gen. 26:24, a. e.). Ib. ידע שהקב״ה מְיַחֵד שמו עליו he inferred that the Lord would confer His Name upon him (to be called ‘the God of Jacob). Mekh. Mishp. s. 20 על ישראל י׳ שמו ביותר (although the Lord of the universe) He conferred His Name particularly on Israel (v. יוֹתֵר); a. fr. 3) to declare the unity of God, to recite Shma (Deut. 6:4). Gen. R. s. 20 אנו … ומְיַחֲדִים שמווכ׳ we trust in Him and profess His unity Cant. R. to II, 16 ואני מְיַחֶדֶת שמווכ׳ and I (Israel) profess the unity of His name twice every day, (saying) Hear, O Israel ; a. fr. 4) to single out, select, designate. Snh.57a שיי׳ שפחה לעבדו who designated a handmaid (as a wife) for his slave. Lev. R. s. 12 ויי׳ אליו הדבורוכ׳ addressed the command to him exclusively (Lev. 10:8); a. e.Yoma 11b (ref. to Lev. 14:35) מי שמְיַיחֵד ביתו לווכ׳ he who devotes his household exclusively to himself, and is unwilling to lend his vessels ; Arakh.16a שמיוחד (v. infra); Yalk. Lev. 564. 5) to leave persons alone in a special room, to arrange a private meeting for. Keth.12a; Tosef. ib. I, 4; Y. ib. I, 25a bot. היו מְיַיחֲדִיןוכ׳ they used to leave bride and groom in a private room alone for a while.Part. pass. מְיוּחָד, f. מְיוּחֶדֶת; pl. מְיוּחָדִים, מְיוּחָדִין, מְיוּחָדוֹת a) especial, particular, designated; chosen, distinguished (v. יָחִיד). Snh.60a, a. e. שם המי׳ the proper Name of the Lord (Jehovah).Yoma 11a ביתך ביתך המי׳ לך ‘ thy house (Deut. 6:9; 11:20), thy house which is designated for thy personal use. Ib.b מה בית מ׳ לדירה bayith means a room designated for a dwelling, יצאו אלו שאינן מי׳ לדירה to the exclusion of those rooms (gate lodge) which are not designated for dwellings. Arakh. l. c. מי׳ לו devoted to his own exclusive use, v. supra; a. fr.Gen. R. s. 99, end (ref. to כאחד, Gen. 49:16) כמי׳ שבשבטים like the most distinguished among the tribes. Yeb.62a אני שמ׳ לדבור בכלוכ׳ I (Moses) who am singled out (must be prepared) for divine communication every hour; Ab. dR. N., II Vers., ch. II (ed. Schechter, p. 10) שאני כלי מי׳ who am a special vessel (of revelation). Meil.15a קדשים המי׳ לה׳ sanctified things which are exclusively dedicated to the Lord; Sifra Vayikra, Ḥobah, Par. 11, ch. XX.Ib. Shmini, ch. II, Par. 2 כבשים ועזים המי׳ lambs and goats which are specified (Deut. 14:4); a. fr.b) locked up with. Num. R. s. 9 בזמן שהאשה מי׳ עםוכ׳ when a wife is locked up with her husband. Hithpa. הִתְיַיחֵד, Nithpa. נִתְיַיחֵד 1) to be conferred (with על); to be especially addressed (with אל). Ex. R. s. 7 היה ראוי … להִתְיַיחֵד עליווכ׳ the divine communication was to bear his name alone. Lev. R. s. 12 נתי׳ אליו הדבור the divine communication was addressed to him especially; a. e. 2) to be alone with, to be closeted with. Kidd.IV, 12 לא יִתְיַיחֵד אדםוכ׳ a man must not be alone (even) with two women, but one woman מִתְיַיחֶדֶתוכ׳ may be alone with two men. Ab. Zar. II, 1. Tosef.Gitt.VII (V), 4; a. fr.V. יִחוּד. -
93 יָחַד
יָחַדPi. יִחֵד, יִיחֵד (b. h.; v. אֶחָד) 1) to unite, concentrate. Y.Ber.IV, 7d bot. ותְיַיחֵד לבבינווכ׳ and concentrate our hearts (inclinations) to fear thy Name. 2) (with על) to confer a distinction, name Gen. R. s. 68 אברהם י׳ … שמו עליו on Abraham did the Lord confer His Name (Gen. 26:24, a. e.). Ib. ידע שהקב״ה מְיַחֵד שמו עליו he inferred that the Lord would confer His Name upon him (to be called ‘the God of Jacob). Mekh. Mishp. s. 20 על ישראל י׳ שמו ביותר (although the Lord of the universe) He conferred His Name particularly on Israel (v. יוֹתֵר); a. fr. 3) to declare the unity of God, to recite Shma (Deut. 6:4). Gen. R. s. 20 אנו … ומְיַחֲדִים שמווכ׳ we trust in Him and profess His unity Cant. R. to II, 16 ואני מְיַחֶדֶת שמווכ׳ and I (Israel) profess the unity of His name twice every day, (saying) Hear, O Israel ; a. fr. 4) to single out, select, designate. Snh.57a שיי׳ שפחה לעבדו who designated a handmaid (as a wife) for his slave. Lev. R. s. 12 ויי׳ אליו הדבורוכ׳ addressed the command to him exclusively (Lev. 10:8); a. e.Yoma 11b (ref. to Lev. 14:35) מי שמְיַיחֵד ביתו לווכ׳ he who devotes his household exclusively to himself, and is unwilling to lend his vessels ; Arakh.16a שמיוחד (v. infra); Yalk. Lev. 564. 5) to leave persons alone in a special room, to arrange a private meeting for. Keth.12a; Tosef. ib. I, 4; Y. ib. I, 25a bot. היו מְיַיחֲדִיןוכ׳ they used to leave bride and groom in a private room alone for a while.Part. pass. מְיוּחָד, f. מְיוּחֶדֶת; pl. מְיוּחָדִים, מְיוּחָדִין, מְיוּחָדוֹת a) especial, particular, designated; chosen, distinguished (v. יָחִיד). Snh.60a, a. e. שם המי׳ the proper Name of the Lord (Jehovah).Yoma 11a ביתך ביתך המי׳ לך ‘ thy house (Deut. 6:9; 11:20), thy house which is designated for thy personal use. Ib.b מה בית מ׳ לדירה bayith means a room designated for a dwelling, יצאו אלו שאינן מי׳ לדירה to the exclusion of those rooms (gate lodge) which are not designated for dwellings. Arakh. l. c. מי׳ לו devoted to his own exclusive use, v. supra; a. fr.Gen. R. s. 99, end (ref. to כאחד, Gen. 49:16) כמי׳ שבשבטים like the most distinguished among the tribes. Yeb.62a אני שמ׳ לדבור בכלוכ׳ I (Moses) who am singled out (must be prepared) for divine communication every hour; Ab. dR. N., II Vers., ch. II (ed. Schechter, p. 10) שאני כלי מי׳ who am a special vessel (of revelation). Meil.15a קדשים המי׳ לה׳ sanctified things which are exclusively dedicated to the Lord; Sifra Vayikra, Ḥobah, Par. 11, ch. XX.Ib. Shmini, ch. II, Par. 2 כבשים ועזים המי׳ lambs and goats which are specified (Deut. 14:4); a. fr.b) locked up with. Num. R. s. 9 בזמן שהאשה מי׳ עםוכ׳ when a wife is locked up with her husband. Hithpa. הִתְיַיחֵד, Nithpa. נִתְיַיחֵד 1) to be conferred (with על); to be especially addressed (with אל). Ex. R. s. 7 היה ראוי … להִתְיַיחֵד עליווכ׳ the divine communication was to bear his name alone. Lev. R. s. 12 נתי׳ אליו הדבור the divine communication was addressed to him especially; a. e. 2) to be alone with, to be closeted with. Kidd.IV, 12 לא יִתְיַיחֵד אדםוכ׳ a man must not be alone (even) with two women, but one woman מִתְיַיחֶדֶתוכ׳ may be alone with two men. Ab. Zar. II, 1. Tosef.Gitt.VII (V), 4; a. fr.V. יִחוּד. -
94 mano
f.1 hand.hecho a mano handmade¿tienes el encendedor a mano? have you got your lighter handy o to hand?votación a mano alzada show of handsa mano armada armeddar o estrechar la mano a alguien to shake hands with somebodydarse o estrecharse la mano to shake handslavarse las manos to wash one's hands¡manos arriba!, ¡arriba las manos! hands up!2 forefoot (zoology) (en general).3 coat.4 pestle.5 game (partida de naipes).ser mano to (be the) lead6 series (serie, tanda).7 handball (sport) (falta).8 coat of paint.9 dealer, hand, lead.10 buddy, pal.m.pal(informal). ( Latin American Spanish salvo River Plate)pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: manar.* * *1 ANATOMÍA hand3 (lado) side4 (de reloj) hand5 (de pintura) coat6 (de jabón) soaping7 (habilidad) skill8 (influencia) influence9 (ayuda) hand10 (de mortero) pestle11 (de naipes - jugada, conjunto de cartas) hand; (- jugador) leader12 DEPORTE (en futból) handball\a mano (escrito) handwritten, by hand 2 (hecho) handmade, by hand 3 (lavado) by hand 4 (cerca) to hand, handy, nearabrir la mano to become more flexible, become more lenienta mano armada armeda manos llenas generouslyalzar/levantar la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebodybajo mano underhandedlycogidos,-as de la mano hand-in-handcon el corazón en la mano sincerely, with one's heart on one's sleevecon las manos en la masa red-handedcon las manos vacías empty-handedcon una mano detrás y otra delante familiar without a penny to one's namedejar de la mano to abandonechar mano de algo to resort to something, draw on somethingechar una mano to give a hand, lend a handen buenas manos in good handsestar en las manos de alguien to be in somebody's handshecho,-a a mano handmade¡las manos quietas! familiar hands off!lavarse las manos figurado to wash one's handsllegar a las manos to come to blowsllevarse las manos a la cabeza to be horrifiedmano sobre mano idle, twiddling one's thumbs¡manos arriba! hands up!meter la mano en algo to get involved in something, intervene in somethingpedir la mano de alguien to ask for somebody's handponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand on somebodyponer la mano en el fuego por alguien to risk one's neck for somebodyponer manos a la obra to get down to work, get crackingquedar algo muy a mano to be very nearser la mano derecha de alguien to be somebody's right handser mano de santo to work wonderstener algo a mano to have something handytener buena mano para algo to have a knack for something, be a dab hand at somethingtener buenas manos to be good with one's handstener la mano (muy) larga (para pegar) to be quick to lift a hand 2 (para robar) to be light-fingered, have sticky fingerstener las manos limpias to be cleantener mano de hierro to rule with an iron fisttener mano izquierda to have a lot of tacttraerse algo entre manos to be planning something, be up to somethingmano de cerdo pig's trottermano de obra labourmano dura a firm hand* * *noun f.1) hand2) coat•- mano de obra* * *I1. SUSTANTIVO FEMENINOPara las expresiones manos arriba, al alcance de la mano, frotarse las manos, ver la otra entrada.1) (Anat) handlo hice con mis propias manos — I made it with my own hands, I made it myself
el asesino salió con las manos en alto — the murderer came out with his hands up {o} with his hands in the air
•
votar a mano [alzada] — to vote by a show of hands•
[dar] la mano a algn — [para saludar] to shake hands with sb; [para andar, apoyarse] to take sb by the hand•
[darse] la mano {o} las manos — to shake hands•
recibir algo [de] manos de algn — to receive sth from sb•
los dos iban [de la] mano — the two were walking hand-in-hand, the two were walking along holding hands•
¡manos a la [obra]! — [como orden] to work!; [para darse ánimo] let's get on with it!, (let's) get down to work!•
¡las manos [quietas]! — hands off!, keep your hands to yourself!a mano (=sin máquina) by hand; (=cerca) handy, at hand; (=asequible) handy, to hand•
¡[venga] esa mano! — shake!, put it there!cosió los pantalones a mano — she sewed the trousers by hand, she hand-sewed the trousers
escribir a mano — to write in longhand, write out (by hand)
¿tienes un bolígrafo a mano? — have you got a pen handy {o} to hand?
en manola tienda me queda {o} me pilla * muy a mano — the shop is very handy for me, the shop is very close {o} nearby
se presentó en el ayuntamiento pistola en mano — he turned up at the town hall with a gun in his hand
estrechar 1., 3), levantar 1., 1), b), robo 1)piso disponible, llave en mano — [para alquilar] flat available for immediate occupancy; [para comprar] flat available for immediate possession
2)en ese colegio le cargan la mano — they ask too much of her {o} put too much pressure on her at that school
mano a mano —
meter mano a algo —
hay que meterle mano a la corrupción — we have to deal with {o} tackle corruption
ponerle a algn la mano encima —
¡como me pongas la mano encima...! — if you lay one finger on me...!
poner la mano en el fuego —
yo no pondría la mano en el fuego por Juan — I wouldn't risk my neck for Juan, I wouldn't put myself on the line for Juan
traerse algo entre manos —
¿qué os traéis entre manos? — what are you up to?
- vivir de la mano a la bocafue mano de santo — it came just right, it was just what the doctor ordered
mano dura — harsh treatment; (Pol) firm hand
3) (=posesión) hand•
[cambiar] de manos — to change handsla casa ha cambiado varias veces de mano — the house has changed hands several times, the house has had several owners
•
de [primera] mano — (at) first-hand•
de [segunda] mano — second-handropa de segunda mano — second-hand {o} used clothes
4) (=control)ha hecho cuanto ha estado en su mano — he has done all {o} everything in his power
•
[de buena] mano — on good authoritya manos de at the hands of•
[en buenas] manos — in good handsen manos de in the hands ofla carta nunca llegó a manos del jefe — the letter never reached the boss, the letter never came into the hands of the boss
írsele a algn la mano con algo —
írsele algo de las manos a algn —
5) (=habilidad)¡qué manos tiene! — he's so clever with his hands!
•
tener [buena] mano, tiene buena mano para aparcar — she's good at parking•
tener [mala] mano — to be clumsy, be awkwardmano izquierda, tiene mano izquierda con los animales — he's got a way with animals
6) (=lado) side7) (=trabajadores)pl manos hands, workerscontratar manos — to sign up {o} take on workers
mano de obra — labour, labor (EEUU), manpower
8) (Dep) handling, handball¡mano! — handball!
9) (Zool) [de mono] hand; [de perro, gato, oso, león] front paw; [de caballo] forefoot, front hoof; [de ave] foot; (=trompa) trunkmanos de cerdo — (Culin) pig's trotters
10) (=instrumento) [de reloj] handmano de almirez, mano de mortero — pestle
11) (=capa) [de pintura] coat; [de jabón] wash, soapingdar una mano de jabón a la ropa — to give the clothes a wash {o} soaping
12) (Juegos, Naipes) (=partida) round, game; (=conjunto de cartas) handechar una mano de mus — to have a game {o} round of mus
ser {o} tener la mano — to lead
13) (=lote) lot, series; And, CAm, Cono Sur, Méx group of things of the same kind ; LAm [de plátanos] bunch, hand14) (Mús) scale16) LAm (=suerte)¡qué mano! — what a stroke of luck!
17) LAm (Aut) direction2.SUSTANTIVO MASCULINOmano a mano, hubo un mano a mano entre los dos políticos en el parlamento — the two politicians slogged it out between them in parliament
IIla corrida será un mano a mano entre los dos toreros — the bullfight will be a two-way contest with the two bullfighters
SM Méx [en conversación] mate *, pal ** * *I1)a) (Anat) handle dijo or hizo adiós con la mano — he waved goodbye to her
en su mano — (Corresp) by hand
levantar la mano — to raise one's hands, put one's hand up
lo hice yo, con mis propias manos — I did it myself, with my own two hands
manos arriba! or arriba las manos! — hands up!
darle la mano a alguien — ( para saludar) to shake hands with somebody, to shake somebody's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give somebody one's hand
dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita — hold my hand
me tendió or me ofreció la mano — he held out his hand to me
b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw; ( de mono) hand; (Equ) forefoot, front foot2) (control, posesión) genharé todo lo que esté en mis manos or (RPl) de mi mano — I will do everything in my power
3) ( en fútbol) handball4) ( del mortero) pestle5)a) ( de papel) quireb) ( de plátanos) hand6) (de pintura, barniz) coat7) (Jueg)a) (vuelta, juego) hand¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? — how about a game of dominoes?
b) ( conjunto de cartas) handc) ( jugador)soy/eres mano — it's my/your lead
tener la mano — (Andes) to lead
ganarle por la mano or (RPl) de mano a alguien (fam): César me ganó por la mano — César just beat me to it (colloq)
8) (en locs)a mano — ( no a máquina) by hand; ( cerca) at hand (AmE), to hand (BrE)
las tiendas me quedan muy a mano — the shops are very close by o near o handy
siempre tengo un diccionario a mano — I always keep a dictionary by me o at hand o to hand
a la mano — (AmL) close at hand
de mano — hand (before n)
en mano — <lápiz/copa> in hand
agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a alguien con las manos en la masa — to catch somebody red-handed
agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo — (CS fam) to get the hang of something (colloq)
a mano alzada — < votación> by a show of hands; < dibujo> freehand; < dibujar> freehand
a manos llenas — < dar> generously; < gastar> lavishly
pedir/conceder la mano de alguien — to ask for/give somebody's hand in marriage
bajo mano — on the quiet, on the sly (colloq)
caérsele la mano a alguien — (Méx fam & pey) to be a fairy (colloq & pej)
cargar la mano — (fam) to overdo
cargarle la mano a alguien — ( en el precio) to overcharge somebody; ( pegar) to hit somebody
con una mano atrás y otra delante — without a penny to one's name
dar la mano derecha por algo — to give one's right arm for something
darse la mano — ( para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together
de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand; iban (tomados) de la mano they walked hand in hand; de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly; de primera mano (at) first hand; de segunda mano < ropa> secondhand; < coche> used, secondhand; < información> secondhand; echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand; echarle mano a alguien (fam) to lay o get one's hands on somebody (colloq); echar mano a algo (fam) to grab something; echar mano de algo to resort to something; echamos mano de nuestros ahorros we dipped into our savings; echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza ( literal) to put one's hands on one's head; ( horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror; embarrarle la mano a alguien (Méx fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); ensuciarse las manos ( literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands; estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas ( literal) to have one's hands tied; ( no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied; estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq); frotarse las manos ( literal) to rub one's hands together; ( regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee; írsele la mano a alguien: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in; le cobré $1.000 - se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 - that was a bit steep, wasn't it? (colloq); se te fue la mano al contestarle así you went too far answering her back like that; lavarse las manos to wash one's hands; les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile; levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody; llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows; meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till; meterle mano a alguien (fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel somebody up (colloq); ( por un delito) to collar somebody (colloq); meterle mano a algo (fam) to get to work on something; poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por alguien to stick one's neck out for somebody; ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand o finger on somebody; ponerse manos a la obra to get down to work; por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands; quitarle algo de las manos a alguien: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands; tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes (colloq); saber alguien dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about; ser mano ancha (Arg) to be generous; ser mano de santo to work wonders; ser mano larga ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tenderle una mano a alguien to offer somebody a (helping) hand; tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on something; tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas (fam) ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed; tener mano de seda to have a light touch; tener mano para algo to be good at something; traerse algo entre manos to be up to something (colloq); untarle la mano a alguien (fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato — too many cooks spoil the broth
9)a) ( lado) sideb) (Auto) side of the roadII* * *I1)a) (Anat) handle dijo or hizo adiós con la mano — he waved goodbye to her
en su mano — (Corresp) by hand
levantar la mano — to raise one's hands, put one's hand up
lo hice yo, con mis propias manos — I did it myself, with my own two hands
manos arriba! or arriba las manos! — hands up!
darle la mano a alguien — ( para saludar) to shake hands with somebody, to shake somebody's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give somebody one's hand
dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita — hold my hand
me tendió or me ofreció la mano — he held out his hand to me
b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw; ( de mono) hand; (Equ) forefoot, front foot2) (control, posesión) genharé todo lo que esté en mis manos or (RPl) de mi mano — I will do everything in my power
3) ( en fútbol) handball4) ( del mortero) pestle5)a) ( de papel) quireb) ( de plátanos) hand6) (de pintura, barniz) coat7) (Jueg)a) (vuelta, juego) hand¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? — how about a game of dominoes?
b) ( conjunto de cartas) handc) ( jugador)soy/eres mano — it's my/your lead
tener la mano — (Andes) to lead
ganarle por la mano or (RPl) de mano a alguien (fam): César me ganó por la mano — César just beat me to it (colloq)
8) (en locs)a mano — ( no a máquina) by hand; ( cerca) at hand (AmE), to hand (BrE)
las tiendas me quedan muy a mano — the shops are very close by o near o handy
siempre tengo un diccionario a mano — I always keep a dictionary by me o at hand o to hand
a la mano — (AmL) close at hand
de mano — hand (before n)
en mano — <lápiz/copa> in hand
agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a alguien con las manos en la masa — to catch somebody red-handed
agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo — (CS fam) to get the hang of something (colloq)
a mano alzada — < votación> by a show of hands; < dibujo> freehand; < dibujar> freehand
a manos llenas — < dar> generously; < gastar> lavishly
pedir/conceder la mano de alguien — to ask for/give somebody's hand in marriage
bajo mano — on the quiet, on the sly (colloq)
caérsele la mano a alguien — (Méx fam & pey) to be a fairy (colloq & pej)
cargar la mano — (fam) to overdo
cargarle la mano a alguien — ( en el precio) to overcharge somebody; ( pegar) to hit somebody
con una mano atrás y otra delante — without a penny to one's name
dar la mano derecha por algo — to give one's right arm for something
darse la mano — ( para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together
de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand; iban (tomados) de la mano they walked hand in hand; de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly; de primera mano (at) first hand; de segunda mano < ropa> secondhand; < coche> used, secondhand; < información> secondhand; echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand; echarle mano a alguien (fam) to lay o get one's hands on somebody (colloq); echar mano a algo (fam) to grab something; echar mano de algo to resort to something; echamos mano de nuestros ahorros we dipped into our savings; echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza ( literal) to put one's hands on one's head; ( horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror; embarrarle la mano a alguien (Méx fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); ensuciarse las manos ( literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands; estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas ( literal) to have one's hands tied; ( no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied; estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq); frotarse las manos ( literal) to rub one's hands together; ( regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee; írsele la mano a alguien: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in; le cobré $1.000 - se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 - that was a bit steep, wasn't it? (colloq); se te fue la mano al contestarle así you went too far answering her back like that; lavarse las manos to wash one's hands; les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile; levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody; llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows; meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till; meterle mano a alguien (fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel somebody up (colloq); ( por un delito) to collar somebody (colloq); meterle mano a algo (fam) to get to work on something; poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por alguien to stick one's neck out for somebody; ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand o finger on somebody; ponerse manos a la obra to get down to work; por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands; quitarle algo de las manos a alguien: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands; tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes (colloq); saber alguien dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about; ser mano ancha (Arg) to be generous; ser mano de santo to work wonders; ser mano larga ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tenderle una mano a alguien to offer somebody a (helping) hand; tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on something; tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas (fam) ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed; tener mano de seda to have a light touch; tener mano para algo to be good at something; traerse algo entre manos to be up to something (colloq); untarle la mano a alguien (fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato — too many cooks spoil the broth
9)a) ( lado) sideb) (Auto) side of the roadII* * *mano11 = hand.Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
* accionado a mano = hand-powered.* agresión a mano armada = armed assault.* ahorrar mano de obra = save + manpower.* al alcance de la mano = within arm's reach, within easy reach.* a la mano de = available at the fingertips of.* alargar la mano = reach out.* alargar la mano para coger = reach for.* a mano = by hand, manually, nearby [near-by], handy, within reach, within easy reach.* a mano alzada = by a show of hands.* a mano derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.* a manos de = at the hands of.* aparato de informática del tamaño de la palma de la mano = palm computing device.* apretón de manos = handshake.* arreglarse las manos = manicure.* asalto a mano armada = armed robbery, armed assault, heist.* asignado a mano = manually assigned.* atar de pies y manos = hogtie.* atraco a mano armada = armed robbery, heist, daylight robbery.* batidora de mano = food mincer.* bolsa de mano = flight bag, carryall bag, travelbag, soft bag.* bomba de mano = hand pump.* borrador escrito a mano = manuscript draft.* caer en manos de = fall into + the hands of.* caer en manos enemigas = fall into + enemy hands.* cambiar de manos = change + hands.* cambio de manos = change of hands.* carretilla de mano = pushcart.* coche de segunda mano = used car, second-hand car.* codificar a mano = hand-code.* coger a Alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.* coger de la mano = hold + Posesivo + hand.* coger la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.* cogerse de la mano = hold + hands.* cogerse la mano = join + hands.* cogido a mano = hand-picked.* confeccionar a mano = handcraft.* con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.* con las manos vacías = empty-handed.* conocer Algo como la palma de + Posesivo + mano = know + Algo + like the back of + Posesivo + hand.* conocer de primera mano = know + first-hand.* con una mano delante y otra detrás = penniless, broke, skint.* corregir a mano = hand-correct.* costes de mano de obra = labour costs.* crema de manos = hand cream.* crema limpiadora de manos = handcleaner.* croché a mano = hand crochet.* cubrir Algo con la mano = cup + Posesivo + hand + over + Nombre.* cultivado a mano = hand-reared.* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.* dar en mano = hand (over).* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.* dedicación de mano de obra = expenditure of manpower.* dejado de la mano de Dios = God-forsaken.* dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.* de mano = hand-held [handheld].* de primera mano = at first hand, first-hand [firsthand], first-person.* de segunda mano = second-hand [secondhand].* despedir mano de obra = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.* de tercera mano = third-hand.* de tirar la piedra y esconder la mano = hit-and-run.* echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.* echar mano a/de = leverage.* echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.* echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.* echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.* echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.* encaje de aguja a mano = needlepoint lace.* en mano = in hand.* en manos de = in the hands of.* en manos de extranjeros = foreign-owned.* en manos del enemigo = at the hands of enemies, at the hands of the enemy.* en manos enemigas = at the hands of enemies, at the hands of the enemy.* en + Posesivo + manos = at + Posesivo + hands.* entre manos = at hand, in hand.* equipaje de mano = carry-on luggage, cabin baggage, cabin luggage.* escalera de mano = stepladder.* escaparse de las manos de = slip beyond + the grasp of.* escasez de mano de obra = labour shortage.* escribir a mano = handletter.* escrito a mano = handwritten [hand-written], in black and white, in handwriting, longhand [long-hand].* escritura a mano = handwriting.* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.* experiencia de primera mano = first-hand experience.* extender la mano = put out + Posesivo + hand, reach out, put forth + Posesivo + hand.* extender la mano para coger algo = hand + reach for.* fabricado a mano = hand-made.* falta de mano de obra = labour shortage.* freno de mano = hand brake [handbrake].* futuro + estar + en + Posesivo + manos = future + be + in + Posesivo + hands.* ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.* ganchillo a mano = hand crochet.* golpeo a mano = hand-beating.* granada de mano = hand grenade.* hacer a mano = handcraft.* hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.* hilado a mano = handspinning.* impulsado a mano = hand-powered.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand, get out of + hand.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* juego de manos = sleight-of-hand.* juegos de manos = fingergame.* labores de croché a mano = hand-crochet work.* labores de ganchillo a mano = hand-crochet work.* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* levantar la mano = raise + Posesivo + hand.* mano amiga = helping hand.* ¿mano blanda o mano dura? = the carrot vs. the stick, the carrot vs. the stick.* mano blanda y mano dura = carrots and sticks.* mano de hierro = iron fist, iron hand.* mano de obra = labour [labor, -USA], manpower, manpower force, work-force [workforce], work-force, labour force, manual labour.* mano de obra del campo = farm labour force.* mano de obra extranjera = foreign labour.* mano de obra infantil = child labour.* mano de obra inmigrante = foreign labour.* mano derecha = right hand.* mano dura = iron fist, iron hand.* mano fría de, la = cold hand of, the.* mano invisible, la = invisible hand, the.* mano negra = schemer.* manos libres = free hand, hands-free.* mantener a mano = keep to + hand.* más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.* menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.* mercadillo de prendas de segunda mano = rummage sale.* meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.* meterle mano a = get + stuck into.* meter mano = grope.* meterse mano = pet.* moder la mano del que + dar de comer = bite + the hand that feeds + Pronombre.* no caer en buenas manos = fall into + the wrong hands.* ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.* ordenador de mano = Palm Pilot.* palma de la mano = palm of hand, palm.* papel a mano-máquina = mouldmade paper.* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.* pillar a alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed.* pintado a mano = hand-painted.* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.* que necesita bastante mano de obra = labour-intensive [labour intensive].* quitar de las manos = snap up.* realizado a mano = hand-made.* recogido a mano = hand-picked.* relato de primera mano = eyewitness report, eyewitness account, first-hand account.* repartir a manos llenas = dish out.* retorcerse las manos = wring + Posesivo + hands.* robo a mano armada = armed robbery, highway robbery.* ropa de segunda mano = second-hand clothes.* separar las manos = spread out + hands.* ser torpe con las manos = be all thumbs.* sierra de mano = handsaw.* sistema de llave en mano = turnkey system, turnkey software system.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* tallado a mano = hand-carved.* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb.* tener entre manos = be up to.* todos manos a la obra = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).* tomar la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.* trabajo entre manos, el = work at hand, the.* traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.* untar la mano = grease + Posesivo + palm, oil + Posesivo + palm.* vendedor de coches de segunda mano = used-car dealer, second-hand car dealer.mano22 = coat.Ex: We will not accomplish that by being timid or by giving our profession a fresh coat of paint.
* mano de pintura = paint job, lick of paint, coat of paint.mano33 = quire.Nota: Unidad de venta del papel compuesta de 25 pliegos o la vigésima parte de una resma.Ex: The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.
* mano de papel = quire.* * *mano1A1 Anatomía2 Zoología: de un oso, perroB indicando posesión, controlC en fútbolD del morteroE1 de papel2 de plátanosF de pintura, cera, barnizG1 vuelta, juego2 conjunto de cartas3 jugadorHCompuestos:1 lado2 AutomovilismoSentido III obrerosA1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Anat) handtengo las manos sucias my hands are dirtyno tengo más que dos manos I only have one pair of handsle dijo or hizo adiós con la mano he waved goodbye to hercon las dos manos with both handsentrégaselo en sus propias manos give it to him in person[ S ] en su mano ( Corresp) by handlevanten la mano los que estén de acuerdo all those in favor raise their hands o please show ( frml)los que hayan terminado que levanten la mano put your hand up if you've finishedlo hice yo, con mis propias manos I did it myself, with my own two handssalió con las manos en alto he came out with his hands in the air o up¡manos arriba! or ¡arriba las manos! hands up!habla con las manos she talks with her handscon la mano en el corazón hand on heartse nota la mano de una mujer you can see the feminine touch¡las manos quietas! keep your hands to yourself!su carta pasó de mano en mano her letter was passed aroundrecibió el premio de manos del Rey she received the prize from the King himselfdarle la mano a algn (para saludar) to shake hands with sb, to shake sb's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give sb one's handdame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita hold my handle estreché la mano I shook hands with him, I shook his handme tendió or me ofreció la mano he held out his hand to mehacerse las manos to have a manicureme leyó las manos she read my palmtocaron la pieza a cuatro manos they played the piece as a duetel perro se puso de manos the dog stood on its hind legsmanos hands (pl)ha cambiado de manos varias veces it has changed hands several timescayó en manos del enemigo it fell into enemy hands o into the hands of the enemynueve de estas ciudades están en manos de los socialistas nine of these cities are held by the socialistsel asunto está en manos de mis abogados the matter is in the hands of my lawyersel negocio está en buenas manos the business is in good handsharé todo lo que esté en mis manos or ( RPl) de mi mano I will do everything in my powermi mensaje nunca llegó a sus manos my message never reached himla muerte de José Ruiz a manos de la policía secreta the death of José Ruiz at the hands of the secret policela situación se nos va de las manos the situation is getting out of hand¡qué oportunidad se nos ha ido de las manos! what an opportunity we let slip through our fingers!C (en fútbol) handballD (del mortero) pestleE1 (de papel) quire2 (de plátanos) handF (de pintura, cera, barniz) coatG ( Jueg)1 (vuelta, juego) handno gané ni una mano I didn't win a single hand¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? how about a game of dominoes?2 (conjunto de cartas) handme ha tocado una mano muy mala I've got a very bad hand o very bad cards3(jugador): soy/eres mano it's my/your leadtener la mano ( Col); to leadganarle por la manoor (CS) de or la mano a algn ( fam): César me ganó por la mano César just beat me to it ( colloq)H ( en locs):hecho a mano handmadepintado a mano hand-paintedescrito a mano handwrittenun tapiz tejido a mano a handwoven tapestryzapatos cosidos a mano hand-stitched shoestuve que batir las claras a mano I had to beat the egg whites by handlas tiendas me quedan muy a mano the shops are very close by o near o handysiempre tengo un diccionario a mano I always keep a dictionary handy o by me o ( BrE) to handen mano ‹lápiz/copa› in handcayó fusil en mano he fell gun in hand[ S ] llave en mano immediate possessionagarrar or ( esp Esp) coger a algn con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handeda mano alzada ‹votación› by a show of hands;‹dibujo› freehand; ‹dibujar› freehanda manos llenas ‹dar› generously;‹gastar› lavishlyaspirar a/pedir/conceder la mano de algn to aspire to/ask for/give sb's hand in marriagele concedió la mano de su hija en matrimonio he gave him his daughter's hand in marriageno cargues la mano con la sal don't overdo the salt, go easy on the saltme cargó la mano en el precio she overcharged mele están cargando la mano en el trabajo they are asking too much of her o putting too much pressure on her at workdesde que me cargó la mano no le he vuelto a hablar I haven't spoken to him since he hit mecon una mano atrás y otra delante without a penny to one's namedar la mano derecha por algo to give one's right arm for sthdarse la mano (para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come togetherel cristianismo y el paganismo se dan la mano en estos ritos Christianity and paganism come together in these ritesdejado de la mano de Dios godforsakenla miseria de aquellas tierras dejadas de la mano de Dios the poverty of that godforsaken o desolate regionse sentía totalmente dejado de la mano de Dios he felt utterly forlornde la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand, she took my handiban (cogidos) de la mano they walked hand in handde la mano de Mao under Mao's leadershipde manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedlyde primera mano (at) first handde segunda mano ‹ropa› secondhand;‹coche› used, secondhand; ‹información› secondhandechar or dar una mano to give o lend a handechar mano a algo ( fam); to grab sthechar mano de algo: tuvimos que echar mano de nuestros ahorros we had to dip into our savingsla gente de quien podía echar mano the people I could turn to for helpecharse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza (literal) to put one's hands on one's head; (horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horrorestar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas (literal) to have one's hands tied(no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tiedírsele or ( Chi) pasársele la mano a algn: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt inle cobré $1.000 — se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 — that was a bit steep, wasn't it? ( colloq)se te fue la mano, no deberías haberle contestado así you went too far o ( colloq) a bit over the top, you shouldn't have answered her back like thatjugar a lo que hace la mano, hace la tras ( Méx); to play follow-the-leaderlavarse las manos (literal) to wash one's handsyo me lavo las manos de todo este asunto I wash my hands of the whole affairles das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a milelevantarle la mano a algn to raise one's hand to sbllegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blowsmano a mano: nos comimos cuatro raciones de setas, mano a mano we polished off four dishes of mushrooms, just the two of us o between the two of us(ver tb mano a mano m)meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till, put one's hand in the till ( BrE)meterle mano a algn ( fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel sb up ( colloq); (por un delito) to collar sb ( colloq)meterle mano a algo ( fam); to get to work on sthponer la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por algn to stick one's neck out for sb, put one's head on the block for sbponerle la mano encima a algn to lay a hand o finger on sbponer manos a la obra to get down to work¡manos a la obra! let's get down to it!por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own handsquitarle algo de las manos a algn: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my handstuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes ( colloq)saber algn dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is aboutser mano ancha ( Arg); to be generousser mano de santo to work wonderstenderle una mano a algn to offer sb a (helping) handtener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on sthtener (la) mano larga or las manos largas ( fam) (para pegar) to be free with one's hands; (para robar) to be light-fingeredtener la mano pesada to be heavy-handedtener mano de seda to have a light touchtener mano para algo to be good at sthtiene mano para la cocina/el dibujo he's very good at cooking/drawingtraerse algo entre manos: los niños están muy callados, algo se traen entre manos the children are very quiet, they must be up to something ( colloq)muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato too many cooks spoil the brothCompuestos:en un mano a mano se terminaron una botella de ginebra ( fam); between the two of them they got through a bottle of ginjugamos un mano a mano y gané yo it was him against me and I wonel debate se convirtió en un mano a mano entre los dos líderes the debate turned into a contest between the two leaderslabor*wage labor, wage labour ( BrE)right-hand man/womanfirm handhay que tener mano dura con ellos you have to be firm with themtiene mucha mano izquierda con sus hijos he knows how to handle his childrenen esa quiebra hubo mano negra there was something fishy about the way that company went bankrupt ( colloq)fpl:tierras en manos muertas lands held in mortmain1 (lado) side¿queda de esta mano o tengo que cruzar? is it on this side of the street or do I have to cross?tome la segunda calle a mano derecha take the second street on the rightla casa queda a mano derecha the house is on the right o on the right-hand side2 ( Auto):yo iba por mi mano I was on my side of the road, I was on the right side of the roadmasculine, feminine* * *
Del verbo manar: ( conjugate manar)
mano es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
manó es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
manar
mano
manar ( conjugate manar) verbo intransitivo
to pour
mano 1 sustantivo femenino
1a) (Anat) hand;
levantar la mano to raise one's hands, put one's hand up;
¡manos arriba! or ¡arriba las manos! hands up!;
con la mano en el corazón hand on heart;
le hizo adiós con la mano he waved goodbye to her;
su carta pasó de mano en mano her letter was passed around;
darle la mano a algn ( para saludar) to shake hands with sb, to shake sb's hand;
(para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give sb one's hand;
me tendió la mano he held out his hand to me;
me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand;
ir (tomados) de la mano to walk hand in hand;
mano de obra labor
( de mono) hand;
(Equ) forefoot, front foot
2 (control, posesión) gen
ha cambiado de manos it has changed hands;
cayó en manos del enemigo it fell into the hands of the enemy;
haré todo lo que esté en mis manos I will do everything in my power;
la oportunidad se nos fue de las manos we let the opportunity slip through our fingers;
se tomó la justicia por su propia mano he took the law into his own hands
3 ( en fútbol) handball
4 ( del mortero) pestle
5 (de pintura, barniz) coat
6 (Jueg) (vuelta, juego) hand;
( conjunto de cartas) hand;
( jugador):◊ soy/eres mano it's my/your lead
7 ( en locs)
hecho a mano handmade;
escrito a mano handwritten;
tejido a mano handwoven;
las tiendas me quedan muy a mano the shops are very close by o near;
siempre tengo un diccionario a mano I always keep a dictionary by me;
a la mano (AmL) close at hand;
de mano hand ( before n);
en mano ‹lápiz/copa› in hand;
agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a algn con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed;
agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo (CS fam) to get the hang of sth (colloq);
bajo mano on the quiet, on the sly (colloq);
con las manos vacías empty-handed;
darse la mano ( para saludar) to shake hands;
(para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands;
echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand;
echar mano a algo (fam) to grab sth;
estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq);
lavarse las manos to wash one's hands;
levantarle la mano a algn to raise one's hand to sb;
llegar or pasar a las manos to come to blows;
pedir la mano de algn to ask for sb's hand in marriage;
ser la mano derecha de algn to be sb's right-hand man/woman;
tenderle una mano a algn to offer sb a (helping) hand;
tener mano dura to have a firm hand;
tener mano para algo to be good at sth;
traerse algo entre manos to be up to sth (colloq)
8
a mano derecha on the rightb) (Auto) side of the road
mano 2
manar
I verbo intransitivo to flow [de, from]
II verbo transitivo to flow with: la cañería está manando agua, the pipe is pouring with water
mano sustantivo femenino
1 hand
(de animal) forefoot
(de perro, gato) paw
(de cerdo) trotter
2 (autoría, estilo) influence: se ve su mano en el asunto, he obviously has a hand in this business
3 (maña) skill: tiene mucha mano con los niños, he's very good with children
4 (capa) coat
dos manos de pintura, two coats of paint
5 (lado) a mano derecha/izquierda, on the right/left (hand side)
6 (poder) (usu pl) hand: dejo todo en tus manos, I leave everything in your hands
está en su mano, it's in his power
7 (del almirez) pestle
8 mano de obra, labour (force)
♦ Locuciones: a mano, (sin máquina) by hand
(asequible) at hand
a mano alzada, by a show of hands
a mano armada, armed
de mano, hand: bolso de mano, hand luggage
de primera mano, fist-hand
de segunda mano, second-hand
echar una mano a alguien, to give sb a hand
estrechar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
¡manos a la obra!, shoulders to the wheel!
¡manos arriba!, hands up!
meter mano, (a un problema) to tackle
vulgar to touch up
pillar a alguien con las manos en la masa, to catch sb red-handed
' mano' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- alzada
- alzado
- anda
- antes
- armada
- armado
- artesanía
- atraco
- azotar
- azote
- barrena
- caligrafía
- canto
- chocar
- cogerse
- cuenco
- dar
- dedo
- dejada
- dejado
- derecha
- echar
- esconder
- escrita
- escrito
- estrechar
- estrecharse
- extender
- fastidiarse
- freno
- fuego
- holgazanear
- imputar
- izquierda
- izquierdo
- justicia
- levantar
- literalmente
- manca
- mancha
- manco
- motricidad
- ortopédica
- ortopédico
- palma
- pañuelo
- peldaño
- picar
- proyectar
English:
add on
- armed robbery
- back
- bird
- bite
- blow-dry
- brake
- brush
- by
- cart
- catapult
- chronic
- circle
- clammy
- coat
- colour
- dip
- dip into
- extend
- finger
- first-hand
- fit into
- gash
- give
- godforsaken
- govern
- grip
- grope
- guitar
- hand
- hand-held
- hand-luggage
- handbrake
- handmade
- handwritten
- handy
- hankie
- hanky
- have
- heavy-handed
- hold
- hold on
- hold out
- hold up
- impression
- imprint
- inch
- join
- jumble
- junk shop
* * *mano1♦ nf1. [de persona] hand;le dije adiós con la mano I waved goodbye to him;equipaje de mano hand luggage;paseaban de la mano they were walking along hand in hand;ir de la mano [asuntos, problemas] to go hand in hand;entregar algo a alguien en mano to deliver sth to sb in person;frotarse las manos [por frío, entumecimiento] to rub one's hands (together);[regocijarse] to rub one's hands (with glee);hecho a mano handmade;lo tuve que hacer a mano I had to do it by hand;lavarse las manos [literalmente] to wash one's hands;¡yo me lavo las manos! [me desentiendo] I wash my hands of it!;leerle la mano a alguien to read sb's palm;¡manos arriba!, ¡arriba las manos! hands up!;¡manos a la obra! let's get down to it!;pedir la mano de una mujer to ask for a woman's hand (in marriage);robo a mano armada armed robbery;votación a mano alzada show of handsmano derecha [persona] right-hand man/woman;ser la mano derecha de alguien to be sb's right-hand man/woman;Der manos muertas mortmain2. [de animal] forefoot;[de perro, gato] (front) paw; [de cerdo] (front) trotter3. [de pintura, barniz] coat;dar una mano de pintura a algo to give sth a coat o lick of paint4. [de mortero] pestle5. [de naipes] [partida] game;[ronda] hand;eres mano it's your lead6. [en deportes] [falta] handball;el árbitro pitó mano the referee blew for handball7. [deporte] pelota [played with hand rather than with hand-held basket]8. [serie, tanda] series9. [lado]a mano derecha/izquierda (de) on the right/left (of);gire a mano derecha turn right10. Andes, CAm, Méx [objetos] = group of four or five objects11. Am [de plátanos] bunch12. CAm, Chile, Méx [accidente] mishap, accident13. RP [dirección] direction [of traffic];calle de una/doble mano one-/two-way street14. [influencia] influence;tener mano con alguien to have influence with sb15. [intervención] hand;la mano de la CIA está detrás de todo esto you can see the hand of the CIA in this affairmano negra hidden hand;mano oculta hidden hand¡que mano tienes para las plantas! you've really got Br green fingers o US a green thumb!mano izquierda:tener mano izquierda con algo/alguien to know how to deal with sth/sbde manos de alguien: recibió la medalla de manos del ministro he received the medal from the minister himself;cambiar de manos to change hands;en manos de: caer en manos de alguien to fall into sb's hands;dejar algo en manos de alguien to leave sth in sb's hands;estar en manos de alguien to be in sb's hands;estar en buenas manos to be in good hands;haré lo que esté en mi mano I'll do everything within my power;ponerse en manos de alguien to put oneself in sb's hands;de primera mano [vehículo] brand new;[noticias] first-hand;de segunda mano second-hand18.manos [ayudantes] helpers;nos van a hacer falta varias manos para mover el piano we're going to need several people to move the piano19. Compabrir la mano to be more lenient;alzar la mano contra alguien to raise one's hand to sb;CSuragarrar la mano a algo to get the hang of sth;bajo mano secretly;de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly;cargar la mano to go over the top;RP Famcon una mano en la cintura: esto lo hago con una mano en la cintura I can do this with my hands tied behind my back;con la mano en el corazón: te lo digo con la mano en el corazón I'm being perfectly honest with you;Famcon una mano delante y otra detrás: está en la ruina, con una mano delante y otra detrás he hasn't got a penny to his name;estar dejado de la mano de Dios [lugar] to be godforsaken;[persona] to be a total failure;echar mano a algo: echó mano al bolso y se marchó she took her bag and left;echar mano de algo [recurrir a] to make use of sth, to resort to sth;echar mano de alguien [recurrir a] to turn to sb;echar una mano a alguien to give sb a hand;ensuciarse las manos to get one's hands dirty;escaparse o [m5]irse de las manos: se me escapó o [m5] fue de las manos una oportunidad excelente an excellent chance slipped through my hands;írsele la mano a alguien: se le fue la mano [perdió el control] she lost control;[exageró] she went too far;se me fue la mano con la sal I overdid the salt;levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to sb;llegar a las manos (por algo) to come to blows (over sth);a manos llenas generously;llevarse las manos a la cabeza [gesticular] to throw one's hands in the air (in horror);[indignarse, horrorizarse] to be horrified; Fammano a mano: se bebieron la botella mano a mano they drank the bottle between the two of them;estar mano sobre mano to be sitting around doing nothing;Esp Fammeter mano a alguien [investigar] to get onto sb;[sobar sin consentimiento] to grope sb; [sobar con consentimiento] to pet sb; Fammeter mano a algo to tackle sth;meter la mano en algo [intervenir] to poke one's nose into sth, to meddle in sth;RP Famponerle la mano encima a alguien: ¡como te ponga la mano encima…! if I lay o get my hands on you…!;¡no me pongas las manos encima! don't you touch me o lay a finger on me!;poner la mano en el fuego: creo que es así, pero no pondría la mano en el fuego I think that's the case, but I couldn't vouch for it;Famser mano de santo to work wonders;tender una mano a alguien to give/offer sb one's hand;Fam Humtener manos de árbol to be ham-fisted o ham-handed;tengo las manos atadas my hands are tied;tener las manos muy largas [aficionado a pegar] to be fond of a fight;[aficionado a robar] to be light-fingered;tener manos libres para hacer algo to have a free rein to do sth;tengo las manos limpias my hands are clean;tener manos de mantequilla to be butter-fingered;traerse algo entre manos to be up to sth;untarle la mano a alguien to grease sb's palm;con las manos vacías empty-handedmano de obra [trabajadores] labour, workers; [trabajo manual] labour;la mano de obra barata atrae a los inversores investors are attracted by the cheap labour costs;mano de obra cualificada skilled labour o workers;mano de obra especializada skilled labour o workers;mano de obra semicualificada semi-skilled labour o workers♦ nmfRP Famser un mano abierta to be open-handed;es un mano larga [toquetón] he's always poking around where he shouldn't;[con las mujeres] he has wandering-hand trouble♦ a mano loc adv1. [cerca] at o to hand, handy;¿tienes el encendedor a mano? have you got your lighter handy?;mi casa es muy a mano de todo my house is very handy for everything♦ mano a mano nmun mano a mano entre los dos candidatos a head-to-head between the two candidates♦ manos libres nm inv[teléfono] hands free setmano2 nmAm salvo RP Fam pal, Br mate, US buddy* * *I f(dispositivo) manos libres TELEC hands-free (kit);¡manos arriba! hands up!;lo hicieron mano a mano they did it between them;un mano a mano a contest;de mano en mano from hand to hand;a cuatro manos MÚS for four hands;a mano derecha/izquierda on the right/ lefthand side;a manos llenas fig generously;con las manos vacías fig empty-handed;ser mano de santo work wonders;bajo mano on the quiet;de segunda mano second-hand;de primera mano first-hand;ser la mano derecha de alguien fig be s.o.’s right hand;tener mucha mano izquierda be very skillful o Br skilful;atar las manos a alguien fig tie s.o.’s hands;dejado de la mano de Dios fig godforsaken;echar mano a fam grab;echar mano de fig use, make use of;echar una mano a alguien give s.o. a hand;estar a manos L.Am. fam be even, be quits;hecho a mano hand-made;llegar ovenir a las manos come to blows;pedir la mano de alguien ask for s.o.’s hand in marriage;poner la mano en el fuego fig swear to it;poner manos a la obra get down to work;se le fue la mano con fig he overdid it with;tender la mano a alguien fig hold out a helping hand to s.o.;tener a mano have to hand;tener buena/mala mano para (hacer) algo be good/bad at (doing) sth;de hierro with a firm hand o with an iron fist;estar en buenas manos be in good hands;lo dejo en sus manos I’ll leave it in your hands;traerse algo entre manos be plotting sth;alzar oa alguien raise one’s hand to s.o.;llevarse las manos a la cabeza fig throw up one’s hands (in horror);andar cogidos de la mano walk hand in hand;tomar a alguien de la mano take s.o. by the hand, take s.o.’s hand;meter mano a alguien fam feel s.o. up fam, grope s.o. fam ;dar la última mano a algo finish sth offII m Méx fampal fam, buddy fam* * *mano nf1) : hand2) : coat (of paint or varnish)3)a mano : by hand4)a mano ora la mano : handy, at hand, nearby5)darse la mano : to shake hands6)de la mano : hand in handla política y la economía van de la mano: politics and economics go hand in hand7)de primera mano : firsthand, at firsthand8)de segunda mano : secondhandropa de segunda mano: secondhand clothing9)mano a mano : one-on-onemano de obra : labor, manpowermano de mortero : pestleechar una mano : to lend a hand¡oye, mano!: hey man!* * *mano n1. (en general) hand2. (de pintura) coata mano derecha / a mano izquierda on the right / on the left -
95 benedire
bless* * *benedire v.tr.1 to bless: Dio vi benedica!, God bless you!; il sacerdote benedisse la casa, the priest blessed the house; Dio lo benedica per il bene che mi ha fatto, may God bless him for the good he has done me // va' a farti benedire!, (fam.) go to hell!; mandare a farsi benedire, (fam.) to send to hell2 ( consacrare) to consecrate, to bless.* * *[bene'dire]verbo transitivo1) to bless [persona, folla]benedico il giorno in cui l'ho conosciuto — fig. I bless the day I met him
2) (consacrare) to bless, to consecrate [matrimonio, pane, vino, acqua]••mandare qcn. a farsi benedire — to send sb. to hell
andare a farsi benedire — [piano, programma] to go down the tubes, to go to pot
* * *benedire/bene'dire/ [37]1 to bless [persona, folla]; Dio ti benedica! God bless you! benedico il giorno in cui l'ho conosciuto fig. I bless the day I met him2 (consacrare) to bless, to consecrate [matrimonio, pane, vino, acqua]mandare qcn. a farsi benedire to send sb. to hell; andare a farsi benedire [piano, programma] to go down the tubes, to go to pot. -
96 λαμβάνω
λαμβάνω (Hom.+) impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήμψομαι (PTurin II, 3, 48; POxy 1664, 12; on the μ s. Mayser 194f; Thackeray 108ff; B-D-F §101; W-S. §5, 30; Mlt-H. 106; 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the middle s. B-D-F §77); 2 aor. ἔλαβον, impv. λάβε (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβάνειν; W-S. §6, 7d; Mlt-H. 209 n. 1), impv. 3 pl. λαβέτωσαν (LXX; GJs 4:2); pf. εἴληφα (DRinge, Glotta 62, ’84, 125–28), 2 sing. εἴληφας and εἴληφες Rv 11:17 v.l. (W-S. §13, 16 note; Mlt-H. 221), ptc. εἰληφώς. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. ληφθήσονται Jdth 6:9; aor. εἰλήφθην LXX; pf. 3 sing. εἴληπται; plpf. 3 sg. εἴληπτο (Just., D. 132, 3). For Attic inscriptional forms s. Threatte II 645. In the following divisions, nos. 1–9 focus on an active role, whereas 10 suggests passivity.① to get hold of someth. by laying hands on or grasping someth., directly or indirectly, take, take hold of, grasp, take in hand ἄρτον (Diod S 14, 105, 3 ῥάβδον; TestSol 2:8 D τὴν σφραγῖδα; TestJob 23:10 ψαλίδα) Mt 26:26a; Mk 14:22a; Ac 27:35. τ. βιβλίον (Tob 7:14) Rv 5:8f. τ. κάλαμον Mt 27:30. λαμπάδας take (in hand) (Strattis Com. [V B.C.], Fgm. 37 K. λαβόντες λαμπάδας) 25:1, 3. λαβέτωσαν ἀνὰ λαμπάδα GJs 7:2. μάχαιραν draw the sword (Gen 34:25; Jos., Vi. 173 [cp. JosAs 23:2 τὴν ῥομφαίαν]) Mt 26:52. Abs. λάβετε take (this) Mt 26:26b; Mk 14:22b.— Take hold of (me) GHb 356, 39=ISm 3:2.—ἔλαβέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs GHb 20, 63. Ἐλισάβεδ … λαβουμένη (λαβοῦσα codd.) αὐτὸν ἀνέβη ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ E. took (John) and went up into the hill-country GJs 22:3. λαβών is somet. used somewhat pleonastically to enliven the narrative, as in Hom. (Od. 24, 398) and dramatists (Soph., Oed. R. 1391 et al.), but also in accord w. Hebr. usage (JViteau, Étude sur le Grec du NT 1893, 191; Dalman, Worte 16ff; Wlh., Einleitung2 1911, 14; B-D-F §419, 1 and 2; s. Rob. 1127; s., e.g., ApcBar 2:1 λαβών με ἤγαγε; Josh 2:4; Horapollo 2, 88 τούτους λαβὼν κατορύττει) Mt 13:31, 33; Mk 9:36; Lk 13:19, 21; J 12:3; Ac 9:25; 16:3; Hs 5, 2, 4. The ptc. can here be rendered by the prep. with (B-D-F §418, 5; Rob. 1127) λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν ἔρχεται he came with a detachment J 18:3 (cp. Soph., Trach. 259 στρατὸν λαβὼν ἔρχεται; ApcrEsd 6, 17 p. 31, 24 Tdf. λαβὼν … στρατιὰν ἀγγέλων). λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα … τὸν λαὸν ἐρράντισε with the blood he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19 (cp. ParJer 9:32 λαβόντες τὸν λίθον ἔθηκαν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ‘they crowned his tomb with a stone’; Mel., P. 14, 88 λαβόντες δὲ τὸ … αἶμα). Different is the periphrastic aor. ptc. use of λ. w. ἔχει: Dg 10:6 ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβὼν ἔχει what the pers. has received fr. God (cp. Eur., Bacchae 302 μεταλαβὼν ἔχει; Goodwin §47; Gildersleeve, Syntax §295; Schwyzer I, 812). Freq. parataxis takes the place of the ptc. constr. (B-D-F §419, 5) ἔλαβε τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν (instead of λαβὼν τ. Ἰ. ἐ.) he had Jesus scourged J 19:1. λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον … καὶ βαλεῖν throw the bread Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσερα μέρη they divided his garments into four parts J 19:23.—In transf. sense ἀφορμὴν λ. find opportunity Ro 7:8, 11 (s. ἀφορμή); ὑπόδειγμα λ. take as an example Js 5:10; so also λ. alone, λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ 1 Cl 9:3.—Of the cross as a symbol of the martyr’s death take upon oneself Mt 10:38 (cp. Pind., P. 2, 93 [171] λ. ζυγόν). We may class here ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ he put his clothes on J 13:12 (cp. Hdt. 2, 37; 4, 78; GrBar 9:7 τὸν ὄφιν ἔλαβεν ἔνδυμα). Prob. sim. μορφὴν δούλου λ. put on the form of a slave Phil 2:7.—Of food and drink take (cp. Bel 37 Theod.) Mk 15:23. ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος J 19:30; λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ac 9:19; τροφὴν … λα[βεῖν] AcPl Ha 1, 19. (βρέφος) ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας (the infant) took the breast of his mother Mary GJs 19:2.—1 Ti 4:4 (s. 10b below) could also belong here.② to take away, remove (τὴν ψυχήν ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 23 Tdf.) with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6. τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11. τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς γῆς remove peace from the earth 6:4 (λ. τι ἐκ as UPZ 125, 13 ὸ̔ εἴληφεν ἐξ οἴκου; 2 Ch 16:2; TestSol 4:15 D; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 12 [Stone p. 70]; Mel., P. 55, 403).③ to take into one’s possession, take, acquire τὶ someth. τὸν χιτῶνα Mt 5:40. οὐδὲ ἕν J 3:27. ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν obtain kingly power for himself Lk 19:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 220). λ. γυναῖκα take a wife (Eur., Alc. 324; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 16; Gen 4:19; 6:2; Tob 1:9; TestSol 26:1; TestJob 45:3; ParJer 8:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 253; Just., D. 116, 3; 141, 4) Mk 12:19–21; 22 v.l.; Lk 20:28–31 (s. also the vv.ll. in 14:20 and 1 Cor 7:28). Of his life, that Jesus voluntarily gives up, in order to take possession of it again on his own authority J 10:18a. [ἀπολείπ]ετε τὸ σκότος, λάβεται τὸ φῶς [abandon] the darkness, seize the light AcPl Ha 8, 32. ἑαυτῷ τ. τιμὴν λ. take the honor upon oneself Hb 5:4.—Lay hands on, seize w. acc. of the pers. who is seized by force (Hom. et al.; LXX; mid. w. gen. Just., A II, 2, 10, D. 105, 3) Mt 21:35, 39; Mk 12:3, 8. Of an evil spirit that seizes the sick man Lk 9:39 (cp. PGM 7, 613 εἴλημπται ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; TestSol 17:2 εἰ λήμψομαί τινα, εὐθέως ἀναιρῶ αὐτὸν τῷ ξίφει; Jos., Ant. 4, 119 ὅταν ἡμᾶς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβῃ πνεῦμα; Just., A I, 18, 4 ψυχαῖς ἀποθανόντων λαμβανόμενοι).—Esp. of feelings, emotions seize, come upon τινά someone (Hom. et al.; Ex 15:15; Wsd 11:12; Jos., Ant. 2, 139; 14, 57) ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας amazement seized (them) all Lk 5:26. φόβος 7:16. Sim. πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 Cor 10:13.—Of hunting and fishing: catch (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 9; Aelian, VH 4, 14) οὐδέν Lk 5:5=J 21:6 v.l. Fig. εἴ τις λαμβάνει (ὑμᾶς) if someone puts something over on you, takes advantage of you 2 Cor 11:20 (the exx. cited in Field, Notes, 184f refer to material plunder, whereas Paul appears to point to efforts of his opposition to control the Corinthians’ thinking for their own political purposes; also s. CLattey, JTS 44, ’43, 148); in related vein δόλῳ τινὰ λ. catch someone by a trick 12:16.④ to take payment, receive, accept, of taxes, etc. collect the two-drachma tax Mt 17:24; tithes Hb 7:8f; portion of the fruit as rent Mt 21:34. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Plut., Mor. 209d, Aem. Paul. 5, 9) 17:25. παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λ. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν collect a share of the fruit fr. the vinedressers Mk 12:2.—τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Aristarch. Sam. p. 352, 4; Jos., Ant. 5, 275; Just., D. 22, 11; Tat. 19, 1) οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λ. the testimony which I receive is not from a human being or I will not accept mere human testimony (PSI 395, 6 [241 B.C.] σύμβολον λαβὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν=have them give you a receipt) J 5:34; cp. vs. 44; 3:11, 32f.⑤ to include in an experience, take up, receive τινὰ someone εἰς into (Wsd 8:18) lit. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον take someone (up) into the boat J 6:21. εἰς οἰκίαν receive someone into one’s house 2J 10. εἰς τὰ ἴδια into his own home J 19:27. Receive someone in the sense of recognizing the other’s authority J 1:12; 5:43ab; 13:20abcd.—οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 does not mean ‘the servants took him into custody with blows’ (BWeiss, al.), but is a colloquialism (s. B-D-F §198, 3, w. citation of AcJo 90 [Aa II 196, 1] τί εἰ ῥαπίσμασίν μοι ἔλαβες; ‘what if you had laid blows on me?’) the servants treated him to blows (Moffatt: ‘treated him to cuffs and slaps’), or even ‘got’ him w. blows, ‘worked him over’ (perh. a Latinism; Cicero, Tusc. 2, 14, 34 verberibus accipere. B-D-F §5, 3b; s. Rob. 530f); the v.l. ἔβαλον is the result of failure to recognize this rare usage. καλῶς ἔλαβόν σε; have (the young women) treated you well? Hs 9, 11, 8.⑥ to make a choice, choose, select πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος who is chosen fr. among human beings Hb 5:1 (cp. Num 8:6; Am 2:11; Just., D. 130, 3). The emphasis is not on gender but the human status of the chief priest in contrast to that of the unique Messiah vs. 5.⑦ to accept as true, receive τὶ someth. fig. τὰ ῥήματά τινος receive someone’s words (and use them as a guide) J 12:48; 17:8; AcPl Ha 1, 6 (s. καρδία 1bβ). τὸν λόγον receive the teaching Mt 13:20; Mk 4:16 (for μετὰ χαρᾶς λ. cp. PIand 13, 18 ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς σε ἀπολάβωμεν).⑧ to enter into a close relationship, receive, make one’s own, apprehend/comprehend mentally or spiritually (Soph., Pla. et al.) of the mystical apprehension of Christ (opp. κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ) ἔλαβον (i.e. Χριστόν) I have made (him) my own Phil 3:12.⑨ Special uses: the OT is the source of λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον show partiality/favoritism (s. πρόσωπον 1bα end) Lk 20:21; Gal 2:6; B 19:4; D 4:3.—θάρσος λ. take courage s. θάρσος; πεῖράν τινος λ. try someth. (Pla., Prot. 342a; 348a, Gorg. 448a; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 28; Polyb. 1, 75, 7; 2, 32, 5; 5, 100, 10; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 28:56; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; diff. Dio Chrys. 50, 6) Hb 11:29 (this expr. has a different mng. in vs. 36; s. 10b below).—συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν consult (with someone), lit. ‘take counsel’, is a Latinism (consilium capere; s. B-D-F §5, 3b; Rob. 109) Mt 27:7; 28:12; w. ὅπως foll. 22:15; foll. by κατά τινος against someone and ὅπως 12:14; foll. by κατά τινος and ὥστε 27:1. οὐ λήψῃ βουλὴν πονηρὰν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου D 2:6.⑩ to be a receiver, receive, get, obtainⓐ abs. λαβών (of a hungry hog) when it has received someth. B 10:3. (Opp. αἰτεῖν, as Appian, Fgm. [I p. 532–36 Viereck-R.] 23 αἰτεῖτε καὶ λαμβάνετε; PGM 4, 2172) Mt 7:8; Lk 11:10; J 16:24. (Opp. διδόναι as Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι; Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 645 D.; Herm. Wr. 5, 10b; Philo, Deus Imm. 57; SibOr 3, 511) Mt 10:8; Ac 20:35; B 14:1; but in D 1:5 λ. rather has the ‘active’ sense accept a donation (as ἵνα λάβῃ ἐξουσίαν TestJob 8:2).ⓑ w. acc. of thing τὶ someth. (Da 2:6; OdeSol 11:4 σύνεσιν; TestJob 24:9 τρεῖς ἄρτους al.; ApcEsdr 5:13 p. 30, 11 Tdf. τὴν ψυχήν) τὸ ψωμίον receive the piece of bread J 13:30. ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν water of life without cost Rv 22:17. μισθόν (q.v. 1 and 2a) Mt 10:41ab; J 4:36; 1 Cor 3:8, 14; AcPlCor 2:36 (TestSol 1:2, 10). Money: ἀργύρια Mt 28:15; ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius each Mt 20:9f. ἐλεημοσύνην Ac 3:3. βραχύ τι a little or a bite J 6:7; eternal life Mk 10:30 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218 βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν); the Spirit (schol. on Plato 856e ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα) J 7:39; Ac 2:38; cp. Gal 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; 2 Cor 11:4; forgiveness of sin Ac 10:43 (Just., D. 54, 1); grace Ro 1:5; cp. 5:17; the victor’s prize 1 Cor 9:24f; the crown of life Js 1:12 (cp. Wsd 5:16 λ. τὸ διάδημα). συμφύγιον/σύμφυτον καὶ ὅπλον εὐδοκίας λάβωμεν Ἰησοῦν χριστόν the sense of this clause, restored from AcPl Ha 8, 23–24 and AcPl Ox 1602, 33–35 (=BMM recto 29–31) emerges as follows: and let us take Jesus Christ as our refuge/ally and shield, the assurance of God’s goodwill toward us. The early and late rain Js 5:7. ἔλεος receive mercy Hb 4:16 (Just., D. 133, 1). λ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ (θεοῦ) receive the name of the Son of God (in baptism) Hs 9, 12, 4. διάδοχον receive a successor Ac 24:27 (cp. Pliny the Younger, Ep. 9, 13 successorem accipio). τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος let another man receive his position 1:20 (Ps 108:8). τόπον ἀπολογίας λ. (τόπος 4) 25:16. λ. τι μετὰ εὐχαριστίας receive someth. w. thankfulness 1 Ti 4:4 (but s. 1 above, end.—On the construction with μετά cp. Libanius, Or. 63 p. 392, 3 F. μετὰ ψόγου λ.). τί ἔχεις ὅ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what have you that you did not receive? 1 Cor 4:7 (Alciphron 2, 6, 1 τί οὐ τῶν ἐμῶν λαβοῦσα ἔχεις;). Of punishments (cp. δίκην λ. Hdt. 1, 115; Eur., Bacch. 1312. ποινάς Eur., Tro. 360. πληγάς Philyllius Com. [V B.C.] 11 K.; GrBar 4:15 καταδίκην; Jos., Ant. 14, 336 τιμωρίαν) λ. περισσότερον κρίμα receive a punishment that is just so much more severe Mt 23:13 [14] v.l. (cp. κρίμα 4b); Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; cp. Js 3:1. οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται those who oppose will bring punishment upon themselves Ro 13:2. πεῖράν τινος λ. become acquainted with, experience, suffer someth. (X., An. 5, 8, 15; Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; 29, 3, 10; Diod S 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; 15, 88, 4; Jos., Ant. 2, 60; Preisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Museums zu Kairo [1911] 2, 11; 3, 11 πεῖραν λ. δαίμονος) μαστίγων πεῖραν λ. Hb 11:36 (the phrase in a diff. mng. vs. 29; s. 9b above).ⓒ Also used as a periphrasis for the passive: οἰκοδομὴν λ. be edified 1 Cor 14:5. περιτομήν be circumcised J 7:23 (Just., D. 23, 5 al.). τὸ χάραγμα receive a mark = be marked Rv 14:9, 11; 19:20; 20:4. καταλλαγήν be reconciled Ro 5:11. ὑπόμνησίν τινος be reminded of = remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5 (Just., D 19, 6 μνήμην λαμβάνητε); λήθην τινὸς λ. forget someth. (Timocles Com. [IV B.C.], Fgm. 6, 5 K.; Aelian, VH 3, 18 end, HA 4, 35; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 202; 4, 304; Just., D. 46, 5 ἵνα μὴ λήθη ὑμᾶς λαμβάνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ) 2 Pt 1:9; χαρὰν λ. experience joy, rejoice Hv 3, 13, 2 ; GJs 12:2; ἀρχὴν λ. be begun, have its beginning (Pla et al.; Polyb. 1, 12, 9; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 366; Aelian, VH 2, 28; 12, 53; Dio Chrys. 40, 7; Philo, Mos. 1, 81 τρίτον [σημεῖον] … τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ; Just., D. 46, 4 τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβούσης ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ τῆς περιτομῆς; Ath. 19, 2 ἑτέραν ἀρχὴν τοῦ κόσμου λαβόντος) Hb 2:3; ApcPt Rainer ln. 19.—λ. τι ἀπό τινος receive someth. from someone (Epict. 4, 11, 3 λ. τι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν; Herm. Wr. 1, 30; ApcMos 19 ὅτε δὲ ἔλαβεν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν ὄρκον; Just., D. 78, 10 τῶν λαβόντων χάριν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ) 1J 2:27; 3:22. Also τὶ παρά τινος (Pisander Epicus [VI B.C.] Fgm. 5 [in Athen. 11, 469d]; Diod S 5, 3, 4 λαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 8 [Stone p. 12] λαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν παρʼ αὐτῶν; Just., A I, 60, 3 ἐνέργειαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγομένην λαβεῖν τὸν Μωυσέα.—παρά A3aβ) J 10:18b; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 20:24; Js 1:7; 2J 4; Rv 2:28. λ. τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος receive bail from Jason Ac 17:9 (s. ἱκανός 1). λ. τι ὑπό τινος be given someth. by someone 2 Cor 11:24. κλῆρον καὶ μερισμὸν λαμβάνοντες AcPl Ha 8, 18/Ox 1602, 22f [λαβόντες]=BMM recto 23f (s. κλῆρος 2). λ. τι ἔκ τινος receive someth. fr. a quantity of someth.: ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν χάριν from his fullness we have received favor J 1:16. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβετε Hs 9, 24, 4.—λ. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν (s. ἀνάστασις 2a) Hb 11:35. On ἐν γαστρὶ εἴληφα (LXX) GJs 4:2 and 4 s. γαστήρ 2 and συλλαμβάνω 3.—B. 743. Schmidt, Syn. III 203–33. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
97 być
impf (jestem, jesteś, jest, jesteśmy, jesteście, są, byłem, byłeś, był, byliśmy, byliście, byli, będę, będziesz, będzie, będziemy, będziecie, będą) Ⅰ vi 1. (istnieć, żyć) to be- jest wielu znanych aktorów there are many well known actors- nie ma nikogo, kto mógłby to zrobić there’s no one who could do it- czy jest Bóg, czy go nie ma? does God exist, or not?- był sobie kiedyś stary król there was a. lived once an old king- nie było cię jeszcze wtedy na świecie this was before you were born- myślę, więc jestem I think, therefore I am- być albo nie być to be or not to be- to dla nas być albo nie być this is our to be or not to be, this is our Waterloo- nie ma już dla niej ratunku nothing can save her now- jest wiele powodów do zadowolenia there’s good reason to be happy- nie ma powodu do obaw there is no reason a. need to worry- są sprawy, których nigdy nie zrozumiesz there are (certain) things that you’ll never understand- nie ma co płakać/gadać it’s no use crying/talking (about it)- nie ma co żałować (there’s) no need to be sorry- nie ma co a. czego żałować it’s no great loss- nie ma czemu się dziwić, że… it’s no surprise a. wonder that…- nie ma o co się kłócić there’s nothing to quarrel about- nie ma czym się martwić/czego się bać there’s nothing to worry about/to be afraid of- nie ma z czego być dumnym (it’s) nothing to be proud of- nie ma z czego się cieszyć/śmiać there’s nothing to rejoice/to laugh about- „dziękuję za podwiezienie” – „nie ma za co” ‘thanks for the lift’ – ‘don’t mention it’ a. ‘you’re welcome‘- „przepraszam, że panu przerwałem” – „nie ma za co” ‘sorry I interrupted you’ – ‘that’s all right’- już cię/was nie ma! off with you!2. (przebywać, znajdować się) to be- być w pracy/szkole to be at work/at school- być w teatrze/na koncercie to be at the theatre/at a concert- teraz wychodzę, ale będę w domu o piątej I’m going out now, but I’ll be home at five- dzisiaj nie ma go w biurze he’s not in the office today- w pokoju nikogo nie ma/nie było there is/was no-one in the room- jest już piąta, a jego jak nie ma, tak nie ma it’s already five, and he’s still not here a. there’s still no trace of him- „czy jest Robert?” – „nie, nie ma go, jest jeszcze w szkole” ‘is Robert in?’ – ‘no, he’s not, he’s still at school’- „są jeszcze bilety na ostatni seans?” – „niestety, już nie ma” ‘do you still have tickets for the last showing?’ – ‘sorry, all sold out’- czy będziesz jutro w domu? ‘will you be at home a. in home tomorrow?’- kiedy (ona) będzie znowu w Warszawie? when will she be in Warsaw again?- byłem wczoraj u Roberta/u babci I was at Robert’s/granny’s yesterday, I went to see Robert/granny yesterday- był przy narodzinach swojej córki he was present at the birth of his daughter- nigdy nie byłem w Rosji I’ve never been to Russia- „skąd jesteś?” – „(jestem) z Krakowa/Polski” ‘where are you from?’ – ‘(I’m) from Cracow/Poland’- „gdzie jesteś?” – „tutaj!” ‘where are you?’ – ‘(I’m) here!’- „jestem!” (przy odczytywaniu listy) ‘here!’, ‘present’- będąc w Londynie, odwiedziłem Annę when a. while I was in London I went to see Anna- biblioteka jest w budynku głównym the library is in the main building- w jednym pudełku jest dziesięć bateryjek there are ten batteries in a packet- w domu nie było nic do jedzenia there was nothing to eat at home a. in the house- co jest w tym pudle? what’s in this box?- gdzie jest moja książka/najbliższa apteka? where’s my book/the nearest chemist’s?- co jest dzisiaj na lunch? what’s for lunch today?- wczoraj na kolację był dorsz there was cod for dinner yesterday- „dużo masz tych ziemniaków?” – „oj, będzie” pot. ‘got a lot of those spuds?’ – ‘loads’ pot.- będzie, będzie, więcej się nie zmieści pot. that’s plenty a. that’ll do, there’s no room for any more3. (trwać, stawać się) to be- jest godzina druga po południu it’s two in the afternoon a. two p.m.- nie ma jeszcze szóstej rano it’s not yet six a.m.- zanim dotrzemy do domu, będzie ósma wieczorem/północ it’ll be eight p.m./midnight by the time we reach home- był maj it was in May- to było w grudniu 1999 it was in December 1999- to było dawno, dawno temu this was a long, long time ago- jest piękny ranek it’s a fine morning- jest mroźno/upalnie it’s nippy/hot- wczoraj był deszcz/mróz it was raining/freezing yesterday- ciekawe, czy jutro będzie pogoda I wonder if it’s going to be fine tomorrow- nie pamiętam dokładnie, to było dość dawno temu I can’t really remember, it was some time ago- z niego jeszcze coś będzie he’ll turn out all right- co z niego będzie? how will he turn out?, what will become of him?- będzie z niego dobry pracownik he’ll be a good worker- kuchmistrz to z ciebie nie będzie you’ll never make a chef- z tych kwiatów nic już nie będzie these flowers/plants have had it pot.- z naszych planów/wakacji nic nie będzie nothing will come of our plans/holidays- nic z tego nie będzie it’s hopeless- nic dobrego z tego nie będzie nothing good will come of it- tyle pracy i nic z tego nie ma (he’s done) so much work and nothing to show for it4. (odbywać się, zdarzać się) to be- koncert/egzamin jest jutro the concert/exam is tomorrow- zebranie było w sali konferencyjnej the meeting was (held) in the conference room- jutro nie będzie a. nie ma lekcji there are no classes tomorrow- był do ciebie telefon there was a phone call for you- czy były do mnie jakieś telefony? has anyone called me?- był wypadek w kopalni there was an accident in the mine- co będzie, jeśli nie zdasz egzaminu? what’s going to happen if you fail the exam?- co będzie, jeśli ktoś nas zobaczy? supposing a. what if someone sees us?- nie martw się, wszystko będzie dobrze don’t worry, it’ll be a. it’s going to be fine- w życiu bywa rozmaicie you never know what life may bring- opowiedziałem jej wszystko, tak jak było I told her everything just as it happened- co ci/jej jest? what’s the matter with you/her?- coś mi/jemu jest something’s the matter with me/him- czy jemu coś jest? is anything the matter with him?- nic mu nie będzie, to tylko przeziębienie he’ll be fine, it’s only a cold5. (uczestniczyć, uczęszczać) to be- być na weselu/zebraniu to be at a wedding/meeting- wczoraj byliśmy na przyjęciu we were at a reception yesterday- być w liceum/na uniwersytecie to be at secondary school/at university- być na studiach to be a student a. at college- być na prawie/medycynie to study law/medicine- był na trzecim roku anglistyki he was in his third year in the English department- być na kursie komputerowym to be on a computer course- być na wojnie to go to war6. (przybyć) to be, to come- być pierwszym/drugim to be the first/second to arrive- był na mecie trzeci he came third- czy był już listonosz? has the postman been a. come yet?7. (znajdować się w jakimś stanie) to be- być pod urokiem/wrażeniem kogoś/czegoś to be charmed/impressed by sb/sth- być pod wpływem kogoś/czegoś to be under the influence of sb/sth- prowadzić samochód, będąc pod wpływem alkoholu to drive while under the influence of alcohol- być w ciąży to be pregnant- być w dobrym/złym humorze to be in a good/bad mood- nie być w nastroju do zabawy not to feel like going out a. partying- być w doskonałej formie to be in excellent form a. in fine fettle- być w strachu to be scared- być w rozpaczy to be in despair- bądźmy dobrej myśli let’s hope for the best- jestem przed obiadem I haven’t had my lunch yet- jestem już po śniadaniu I’ve already had breakfast- był siedem lat po studiach he had graduated seven years earlier- być po kielichu/po paru kieliszkach pot. to have had a drop/a few euf.- być na diecie to be on a diet- być na kaszce a. kleiku to be on a diet of gruel- być na emeryturze/rencie to be on a pension- sukienka jest do kolan the dress is knee-length- wody było do kostek the water was ankle-deep- firanka była do połowy okna the net curtain reached halfway down the window- chwila nieuwagi i było po wazonie one unguarded moment and the vase was smashed to pieces- jest już po nim/nas! it’s curtains for him/us! pot.- jeszcze chwila i byłoby po mnie another instant and it would have been curtains for me a. would have been all up with me pot.Ⅱ v aux. 1. (łącznik w orzeczeniu złożonym) to be- być nauczycielem/malarzem to be a teacher/painter- kiedy dorosnę, będę aktorem when I grow up, I’ll be an actor- być Polakiem/Duńczykiem to be Polish/Danish- borsuk jest drapieżnikiem the badger is a predator- nie bądź dzieckiem! don’t be childish a. such a child!- jestem Anna Kowalska I’m Anna Kowalska- „cześć, to ty jesteś Robert?” – „nie, jestem Adam” ‘hi, are you Robert? a. you’re Robert, are you?’ – ‘no, I’m Adam’- co to jest – ma cztery nogi i robi „miau”? what (is it that) has four legs and says ‘miaow’?- była wysoka/niska she was tall/short- jest autorką cenioną przez wszystkich she’s an author appreciated by all a. everybody- mój dziadek był podobno bardzo przystojnym mężczyzną my grandfather is said to have been a very handsome man- wciąż jest taka, jaką była za młodu she’s still her old self- kwiaty były żółte i czerwone the flowers were yellow and red- pizza była całkiem dobra the pizza was quite good- pojemnik był z drewna/plastiku the container was made of wood/plastic- z tych listewek byłby ładny latawiec these slats could make a fine kite- wszystko to były jedynie domysły it was all only conjecture- czyj jest ten samochód? whose car is this?, who does this car belong to?- ta książka jest jej/Adama this book is hers/Adam’s, this is her/Adam’s book- żona była dla niego wszystkim his wife was everything to him- nie naśladuj innych, bądź sobą don’t imitate others, be yourself- ta zupa jest zimna this soup is cold- Maria jest niewidoma Maria is blind- jesteś głodny? are you hungry?- Robert jest żonaty/rozwiedziony Robert is married/divorced- są małżeństwem od dziesięciu lat they’ve been married for ten years- bądź dla niej miły be nice to her- bądź tak dobry a. uprzejmy would you mind- bądź tak miły i otwórz okno would you mind opening the window?- czy byłaby pani uprzejma podać mi sól would you be kind enough a. would you be so kind as to pass me the salt?- nie bądź głupi! don’t be a fool!- cicho bądź! be quiet!- być w kapeluszu/kaloszach/spodniach to be wearing a hat/rubber boots/trousers- była w zielonym żakiecie/czarnym berecie she was wearing a green jacket/black beret, she had a green jacket/black beret on- być za kimś/czymś (opowiadać się) to support sb/sth, to be for sb/sth- byłem za tym, żeby nikomu nic nie mówić I was for not telling anyone anything- dwa razy dwa jest cztery two times two is four2. (w stronie biernej) artykuł jest dobrze napisany the article is well written- ściany pokoju były pomalowane na różowo the walls of the room were painted pink- dzieci, które są maltretowane przez rodziców children who are abused by their parents- tak jest napisane w gazecie that’s what it says in the paper- samochód będzie naprawiony jutro the car will be repaired by tomorrow- to musi być zrobione do czwartku this must be done by Thursday- sukienka była uszyta z czarnej wełenki the dress was made of black wool3. (w czasie przyszłym złożonym) shall, will- będzie pamiętał a. pamiętać tę scenę przez cały życie he will remember this scene all his life- będziemy długo go wspominali a. wspominać we shall a. will long remember him4. przest. (w czasie zaprzeszłym) w Krakowie mieszkał był przed trzema laty he would have been living a. was living in Cracow three years ago 5. (w trybie warunkowym) byłbym napisał a. napisałbym był do ciebie, gdybym znał twój adres I would have written to you, had I known your address a. if I had known your address- co by się było stało, gdyby nie jego pomoc what would have happened if it hadn’t been for his help- byłaby spadła ze schodów (omal nie) she almost fell down the stairs- byłbym zapomniał! zabierz ze sobą śpiwór I almost a. nearly forgot! take a sleeping bag with you6. (w zwrotach nieosobowych) było już późno it was already late- jest dopiero wpół do ósmej it’s only half past seven- nie było co jeść there was nothing to eat- za ciepło będzie ci w tym swetrze you’ll be too hot in this jumper- byłoby przyjemnie zjeść razem obiad it would be nice to have lunch together- wychodzić po zmierzchu było niebezpiecznie it was dangerous going out after dark- nie kupić tego mieszkania będzie niewybaczalnym błędem not to buy that a. the flat would be an inexcusable mistake- z chorym było źle/coraz gorzej the patient was bad/getting worse- z dziadkiem jest nienajlepiej grandfather is poorly- wszystko będzie na niego he’ll get all the blame- żeby nie było na mnie I don’t want to get the blame- na imię było jej Maria her name was Maria- było dobrze po północy it was well after midnight- będzie z godzinę/trzy lata temu an hour or so/some three years ago- będzie kwadrans jak wyszedł he must have left fifteen minutes or so ago, it’s been fifteen minutes or so since he left- do najbliższego sklepu będzie ze trzy kilometry it’s a good three kilometres to the nearest shop- nie ma tu gdzie usiąść there’s nowhere here to sit- w tym mieście na ma dokąd pójść wieczorem there’s nowhere to go at night in this town- nie ma komu posprzątać/zrobić zakupy there’s no-one to clean/to do shopping- nie ma z kim się bawić there’s no-one to play with7. (z czasownikami niewłaściwymi) to be- trzeba było coś z tym zrobić something had to be done about it- trzeba było od razu tak mówić why didn’t you say so in the first place?- czytać można było tylko przy świecach one could read only by candlelight- jest gorzej niż można było przypuszczać it’s worse than might have been expected■ bądź zdrów! (pożegnanie) goodbye!, take care!- być bez forsy/przy forsie pot. to be penniless/flush pot.- być do niczego (bezużyteczny) [osoba, przedmiot] to be useless a. no good; (chory, słaby) [osoba] to be poorly a. out of sorts- być może perhaps, maybe- być może nam się uda perhaps we’ll succeed- być może a. może być, że… it may happen that…- być niczym [osoba] to be a nobody- znałem ją, kiedy jeszcze była nikim I knew her when she was still a nobody- być przy nadziei a. być w poważnym a. odmiennym a. błogosławionym stanie książk. to be in an interesting condition a. in the family way przest.; to have a bun in the oven euf., pot.- było nie było (tak czy owak) when all’s said and done, after all; (niech się dzieje co chce) come what may, be that as it may- było nie było, to już ćwierć wieku od naszego ślubu when all’s said and done a. after all, it’s twenty-five years since we got married- było nie było, idę pogadać z szefem o podwyżce come what may, I’m going to the boss to talk about a rise- było siedzieć w domu/nie pożyczać mu pieniędzy pot. serves you right, you should have stayed at home/shouldn’t have lent him money- było nic mu nie mówić you should have told him nothing- co będzie, to będzie whatever will be, will be- co było, to było let bygones be bygones- co jest? pot. what’s up? pot.- co jest, do jasnej cholery? dlaczego nikt nie otwiera? what the hell’s going on? – why doesn’t anyone open the door? pot.- co jest? przyjacielowi paru groszy żałujesz? what’s wrong? – can’t spare a friend a few pence? pot.- coś w tym jest a. coś w tym musi być there must be something in it- coś w tym musi być, że wszyscy dyrektorzy będą na tym zebraniu there must be something in it, if all the directors are going to the meeting- jakoś to będzie things’ll a. it’ll work out somehow pot.- nie ma co, trzeba brać się do roboty oh well, time to do some work- nie ma co! well, well!- mieszkanie, nie ma co, widne i ustawne well, well, not a bad flat, airy and well laid out- ładnie się spisałeś, nie ma co! iron. well, well, you’ve done it now, haven’t you!- nie ma (to) jak kuchnia domowa/kieliszek zimnej wódki nothing beats a. you can’t beat home cooking/a glass of cold vodka- nie ma (to) jak muzyka klasyczna give me classical music every time- nie ma to jak wakacje! there’s nothing like a holiday!- nie może być! (niedowierzanie) I don’t believe it!, you don’t say!- niech będzie! oh well!- niech ci/wam będzie! have it your own way!- niech mu/jej będzie! let him/her have his/her own way!- niech tak będzie! (zgoda) so be it!- tak jest! (owszem) (that’s) right!- „to jest pańskie ostatnie słowo” – „tak jest, ostatnie” ‘is that your final word?’ – ‘yes, it is’, ‘that’s right’- tak jest, panie pułkowniku/generale! Wojsk. yes, sir!- to jest książk. that is, that is to say- główne gałęzie przemysłu, to jest górnictwo i hutnictwo the main branches of industry, that is (to say) mining and metallurgy* * *(jestem, jesteś); pl jesteśmy; pl jesteście; pl są; imp bądź; pt był, była, byli; sg fut będę; sg fut; będziesz; vijestem! — present!, here!
jest ciepło/zimno — it's warm/cold
jest mi zimno/przykro — I'm cold/sorry
będę pamiętać lub pamiętał — I will remember
co będzie, jeśli nie przyjdą? — what will happen if they don't come?
nie może być! — this lub it can't be!
tak jest! — yes, sir!
jestem za +instr /przeciw być — +dat I am for/against
* * *I.być1ipf.1. (= znajdować się w jakimś stanie l. miejscu) be; (= istnieć) exist, be there; być na diecie be on a diet; być na emeryturze be retired; jestem po robocie I'm finished l. done with work (for today); pewnego razu był sobie król... once upon a time there lived a king...; w ogrodzie były róże there were roses in the garden; w Galaktyce są miliardy gwiazd there are billions of stars in the Galaxy; ile ich jest? how many of them are there?; być w kinie be at the theater; być na wycieczce be on a trip; być w Warszawie be in Warsaw; być u babci na wsi be at grandma's house in the country; być z kimś sam na sam be one on one with sb; od świtu jestem na nogach I have been on my feet all day; Ewa jest na ostatnich nogach Eva is ready to drop l. dead on her feet; jesteś na drodze do zawału you are on the road to a heart attack; wszystko jest na swoim miejscu everything is in its place; to było nie na miejscu that was out of line; być na ustach całego miasteczka be on the lips of everyone in town; być jedną nogą na tamtym świecie have one foot in the grave; co dzisiaj będzie na obiad? what's for supper today?; wszystko jest pod ręką we have everything right at hand; być u steru przen. be at the wheel; no to jestem w domu (= zrozumiałem) that hits home; być w latach l. w leciech be up in one's years; być w sile wieku be in one's prime; być w opałach be in a bind; teraz wszystko jest w twoich rękach now everything is in your hands l. up to you; być w siódmym niebie be in seventh heaven; być w swoim żywiole be in one's element; być na zebraniu be at a meeting; być na wojnie be (fighting) in a war; być na studiach be at college; być na anglistyce be in the English Department; nigdy nie byłem w Chicago I've never been to Chicago; Adam jest pod pantoflem swojej żony Adam is henpecked; być nie w sosie be in a bad mood; jest gaz i woda we have gas and water; jestem takiego samego zdania I'm of the same opinion; jestem dobrej myśli I'm hoping for the best; jest mi u ciebie tak dobrze I feel so good at your place; jest mi głupio I feel stupid; to jest do niczego it's no good; być górą be on top; to nie jest czas po temu this is not the time for that; to nie jest mi na rękę this is inconvenient (for me); to nie jest po mojej myśli that's not what I intended l. what I had in mind; jestem pod wrażeniem I'm impressed; jestem bez pieniędzy I'm broke; jestem w ciąży I'm pregnant; Ewa jest przy nadziei przest. Eva is in the family way; jestem na służbie I'm on duty; byliśmy na spacerze we were taking a walk; dobrze wiesz, że jesteś na mojej łasce you know fully well that you're at my mercy; czy jesteś w stanie mnie zrozumieć? are you able to understand me?; jestem w dobrym humorze I'm in a good mood; byliśmy w kłopocie, co zrobić z... we couldn't figure out what to do with...; Ewa przez moment była w rozterce for a moment Ewa was in a dilemma; Ewa jest z Adamem w przyjaźni Ewa is friends with Adam; po czyjej jesteś stronie? whose side are you on?; Adam jest w porządku Adam is OK l. alright; to nie jest w moim guście that's not my style; jestem na bakier z gramatyką I haven't a clue about grammar; z teściową jestem na złej stopie I'm on bad terms with my mother-in-law; z prezesem jestem na ty I'm on a first name basis with the president; jestem za reformą I'm for the reform; oni są z sobą za pan brat they are on familiar terms; jestem z Ewą po słowie przest. I'm engaged to Eve.2. ( część orzeczenia imiennego) jestem studentem I am a student; byłam piosenkarką I was a singer; będę generałem I will be a general; ta dziewczyna jest ładna that girl is pretty; samochód jest ojca that's father's car; ten długopis nie jest mój this pen isn't mine; bądź zdrów! get well!; jesteś dla mnie niczym! you mean nothing to me; on nie był sobą he wasn't himself; dwa razy dwa jest cztery two plus two is l. equals four.3. ( w zdaniach bezosobowych) (= zdarzać się) jest piękny dzień it's a beautiful day; był kwiecień it was April; było to dość dawno it was l. happened quite a long time ago; był do ciebie telefon you had a call; było już późno it was getting late; nie ma co jeść there's nothing to eat; będzie z godzinę temu, jak... it's been an hour since...; a co będzie ze mną? what will happen to me?; ciekaw jestem, co z niego będzie I'm curious (about) what will become of him; jeżeli tak jest if it is so; być może maybe, perhaps; co będzie, to będzie come what may; co było, to było let bygones be bygones; jakoś to (w końcu) będzie thing's will turn out fine (in the end); co ci jest? what's wrong l. the matter with you?; z tej mąki nie będzie chleba it's hopeless; nie może być that's impossible; jest już po nim it's too late for him; he's done for; he's a goner l. a has-been; co było, a nie jest, nie pisze się w rejestr what's done is done; tak jest! exactly!, precisely!, that's right; wojsk. yes, sir!; to jest (= czyli) that is; było nie było whatever happens; no matter what (happens).II.być2ipf.1. tylko będę będziesz itd. ( w formach czasu przyszłego) will (be); będę pamiętał o tym I'll remember that; dzieci będą w ogrodzie the kids will be in the garden; będziemy śpiewać kolędy we're going to sing carols.2. ( w formach strony biernej) dom był sprzedany za... the house was sold for...; jesteś obserwowany you are being watched; droga jest już naprawiona the road has been repaired.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > być
-
98 in
prep inmoto a luogo toin casa at homeè in Scozia he is in Scotlandva in Inghilterra he is going to Englandin italiano in Italianin campagna in the countryessere in viaggio be travellingviaggiare in macchina travel by carnel 1999 in 1999una giacca in pelle a leather jacketin vacanza on holidayse fossi in te if I were you, if I were in your place* * *in prep.1 (stato in luogo, posizione) in, at; (dentro) inside; (su, sopra) on: in Italia, negli Stati Uniti, in Italy, in the United States; abitano in città, in campagna, in centro, in periferia, they live in town, in the country, in the centre, on the outskirts; in ufficio, at the office; in casa, in chiesa, at home, at church; nell'aria, in the air; la casa editrice ha sede in Milano, the publishing house has its headquarters in Milan; la statua sorge nel centro della piazza, the statue stands in the centre of the square; mio padre lavora in banca, my father works in a bank; stanotte dormiremo in albergo, we'll sleep in a hotel tonight; è stato due anni in prigione, he spent two years in prison; prendevano il sole in giardino, they were sunbathing in the garden; nel cielo erano apparse le prime stelle, the first stars had appeared in the sky; i fazzoletti sono nel primo cassetto, the handkerchieves are in the top drawer; nella stanza c'era molto fumo, there was a lot of smoke in the room; c'era gran festa nelle strade e nelle piazze, there were great celebrations in the streets and squares; siamo rimasti chiusi in casa tutto il giorno, we stayed in the house (o indoors) all day; ti aspetto in macchina, I'll wait for you in the car; non c'è niente in tavola?, isn't there anything on the table?; leggo sempre in treno, I always read on the train; hanno una casa proprio in riva al mare, they have a house right on the sea front; la notizia è apparsa in prima pagina, the news was on the front page; gli diede un bacio in fronte, she kissed him on the forehead; teneva in braccio un bambino, she was holding a baby in her arms; che cos'hai in mano?, what have you got in your hands?; ho sempre in mente le sue parole, his words are still in my mind; in lui ho trovato un vero amico, I found a real friend in him; questa espressione ricorre spesso in Dante, this expression often appears in Dante; nel lavoro non trova alcuna soddisfazione, he gets no satisfaction from his job // in fondo a, at the bottom of // in primo piano, in the foreground (o up close) // in bella mostra, in a prominent position // nel bel mezzo, right in the middle: s'interruppe nel bel mezzo del discorso, he stopped right in the middle of his speech // (non) avere fiducia in se stesso, (not) to be self-confident // credere in Dio, to believe in God2 (moto a luogo, direzione) to; (verso l'interno) into: è andato in Francia per lavoro, he went to France on business; domani andremo in campagna, we'll go to the country tomorrow; vorrei tornare in America, I'd like to go back to America; devo scendere in cantina, I must go down to the cellar; quando rientrerete in città?, when are you returning to town?; la nave era appena entrata in porto, the ship had just come into dock; la gente si riversò nelle strade, people poured into the streets; abbiamo mandato i bambini in montagna, we've sent the children to the mountains; questa merce va spedita in Germania, these goods are to be sent to Germany; non sporgerti troppo dalla barca, puoi cadere in acqua, don't lean too far out of the boat, you might fall in the water; puoi venire nel mio ufficio un attimo?, can you come into my office for a moment?; mise la mano in tasca e tirò fuori il portafoglio, he put his hand in his pocket and took out his wallet; rimetti quelle pratiche nel cassetto, put those papers back in the drawer; vai subito nella tua stanza!, go to your room at once!; hanno arrestato il ladro e l'hanno messo in prigione, the thief was arrested and put in prison; in quale direzione andate?, which way are you going?; sulle scale m'imbattei in uno sconosciuto, I bumped into a stranger on the stairs; ho inciampato in un gradino e sono caduto, I tripped over a step and fell down; si è messo in mente di fare l'attore, he's got it into his head that he wants to become an actor3 (moto per luogo) through, across: ha viaggiato molto in Europa, he has done a lot of travelling across Europe; il corteo sfilò nelle strade principali, the procession wound its way through the main streets; correre nei campi, to run across the fields; tanti pensieri le passavano nella mente, many thoughts went through her mind4 (cambiamento, passaggio, trasformazione) into: tradurre dall'inglese in italiano, to translate from English into Italian; convertire gli euro in dollari, to change euros into dollars; la proprietà è stata divisa in due, the property has been divided in half (o into two); il vaso cadde e andò in frantumi, the vase fell and broke into pieces // si è fatto in quattro per aiutarci, he bent over backwards to help us // il maltempo ha mandato in fumo tutti i nostri progetti, the bad weather put paid to all our plans // di bene in meglio, better and better; di male in peggio, from bad to worse // di tre in tre, in threes // Anita Rossi in De Marchi, (di donna coniugata) Anita De Marchi, née Rossi // andare in rovina, to go to (rack and) ruin (anche fig.) // andare in estasi, to be overjoyed // montare in collera, to fly into a rage5 (tempo) in; on; at: in marzo, in primavera, in March, in spring; in pieno inverno, in the middle of winter; in una mattina d'estate, one (o on a) summer morning; in quel giorno, on that day; in questo (preciso) momento, at this (very) moment; in tutta la mia vita, in all my life; nel pomeriggio, in the afternoon; si è laureato nel 1980, he graduated in 1980; tornerò a casa nel mese di settembre, I'll return home in September; nell'era atomica, in the atomic age; in gioventù, in (one's) youth; in tempo di guerra, di pace, in wartime, in peacetime; in epoca vittoriana, in the Victorian age; esamineranno otto candidati in un giorno, they will examine eight candidates in one day; ha fatto tutto il lavoro in due ore, he got through all the work in two hours; viene in Italia tre volte in un anno, he comes to Italy three times a year // arriverò in giornata, I'll arrive some time in the day // in serata, during the evening // nello stesso tempo, at the same time // nel frattempo, in the meantime // in un attimo, in un batter d'occhio, in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye // in men che non si dica, quick as a flash // in quattro e quattr'otto, in less than no time // di ora in ora, di giorno in giorno, from time to time, from day to day6 (modo, maniera) in; on: il pubblico ascoltava in silenzio, the audience listened in silence; mi guardava in un modo strano, he looked at me in a strange way (o strangely); parla in perfetto italiano, he speaks perfect Italian; scrivere in penna, in matita, in corsivo, in versi, to write in pen, in pencil, in italics, in verse; le istruzioni erano scritte in tedesco, the instructions were written in German; camminava in fretta, he was walking in a hurry; rispose in tono sgarbato, he answered rudely; entrammo in punta di piedi, we entered on tiptoe; procedevano in fila indiana, they walked single file; preferì rimanere in disparte, he preferred to stay on his own; stare in piedi, to stand on one's feet; tutti erano in abito da sera, they were all in evening dress; uscì in pantofole sul pianerottolo, he went on to the landing in his slippers // (resto) in attesa di una vostra cortese risposta, (nelle lettere) awaiting your reply // (comm.) assegno in bianco, blank cheque; pagare in contanti, in assegni, to pay cash, by cheque; 10.000 euro in biglietti da 10, 10,000 euros in 10 euro notes // una riproduzione in miniatura, a reproduction in miniature (o a miniature reproduction); trasmettere in diretta, to broadcast live // una partita in casa, in trasferta, a home, an away match // pomodori in insalata, tomato salad; pollo in gelatina, chicken in aspic7 (stato, condizione, circostanza) in, at: essere in pace, in guerra con qlcu., to be at peace, at war with s.o.; mi piace stare in compagnia, I like company; vivere nell'angoscia, to live in anxiety; in salute e in malattia, in sickness and in health; morì in miseria, he died in poverty; la sua vita era in pericolo, her life was in danger; ero in una situazione imbarazzante, I was in an embarrassing position; siamo nei pasticci!, we're in a mess!; ben presto si trovò nei guai fino al collo, he soon found himself up to his neck in trouble; non sono in condizioni di pagare una cifra simile, I'm not in a position to pay such a sum (of money) // essere in odio, in simpatia a qlcu., to be liked, to be hated by s.o.8 (limitazione, misura) in, at: (la) laurea in lingue, a degree in languages; dottore in legge, doctor of law; è bravo in matematica, ma è debole in francese, he's good at maths, but poor at French; un terzo della classe è stato rimandato in chimica, a third of the class is having to repeat chemistry; ha conseguito il diploma in ragioneria, he got a diploma in bookkeeping; ha intenzione di specializzarsi in pediatria, he is going to specialize in pediatrics; la nostra ditta commercia in pellami, our firm deals in leather goods; mio fratello è campione di salto in alto, my brother is high jump champion; la stanza era 5 metri in lunghezza, the room was 5 metres long9 (materia): una statua in bronzo, a bronze statue; una borsa in pelle, a leather handbag; rivestimento in legno, wood panelling; abito in puro cotone, an all cotton dress; poltrone in velluto, velvet armchairs; incisione in rame, copperplate engraving; un vassoio in argento, a silver tray ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in questo significato si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. in10 (mezzo) by; in; on: viaggiare in treno, in aereo, in macchina, to travel by train, by air, by car; sei venuto a piedi o in autobus?, have you come on foot or by bus?; abbiamo fatto una gita in barca, we went out on the boat; pagare in euro, in dollari, in assegni, to pay in euros, in dollars, by cheque11 (fine, scopo): ho avuto in dono una macchina fotografica, I've been presented with a camera; il vincitore riceverà in premio un milione di dollari, the winner will receive a prize of a million dollars; mi ha dato in prestito la sua macchina per qualche giorno, he has lent me his car for a few days; mi hanno mandato in visione il primo volume dell'opera, they sent me the first volume of the work to look at; la festa era in onore del sindaco, the party was in honour of the mayor; parlare in difesa di qlcu., to speak in s.o.'s defence12 (seguito da inf.): nell'entrare mi accorsi subito che qualcosa non andava, on entering I realized at once there was something wrong; l'ho incontrato nel tornare, I met him on the way back; nel salire in macchina mi sono cadute le chiavi, I dropped my keys while getting into the car; il bicchiere si è rotto nel lavarlo, the glass broke while it was being washed; nel dire ciò fu preso da commozione, in saying this he was overcome by emotion13 (predicativo; in ingl. non si traduce): siamo rimasti in due, only two of us were left; fra tutti eravamo in quaranta, there were forty of us in all; erano in molti, in pochi, there were many of them, few of them; se fossi in te, if I were you; dipingere qlco. in rosso, to paint sthg. red.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: in alto, up there; up (above); in basso, down there; down (below); in giù, downward (s); in su, upward (s) // in cerca di, in search of // in dettaglio, in detail; in forse, in doubt // in particolare, in particular // in quanto, in so far as: in quanto a ciò, as for that // in tutti i modi, in any case; in virtù di, as... // in rapporto a, as regards // in qualità di, in (one's) capacity as // nel caso che, (se, qualora) if; (nell'eventualità che) in case: portati l'ombrello, nel caso che piova, take your umbrella with you in case it rains; nel caso che torni prima di me, fatti dare le chiavi dal portinaio, if you should get back before I do, get the keys from the custodian // in fede, yours faithfully // in coscienza, truthfully // in lungo e in largo, far and wide.* * *[in]1. prep in + il = nel, in + lo = nello, in + l'= nell', in + la = nella, in + i = nei, in + gli = negli, in + le = nelle1) (stato in luogo) in, (all'interno) insidesono rimasto in casa — I stayed at home, I stayed indoors
se fossi in te — if I were you
un giornale diffuso in tutta Italia — a newspaper read all over o throughout Italy
2) (moto a luogo) to, (dentro) intoin campagna/in montagna — to go into the country/to the mountainsin Francia — I'm going to Francein casa — to go into the housein macchina — to get into the carqc in acqua — to throw sth into the waterin una radice — he tripped over a rootdi città in città — to move from town to town3)il corteo è passato in piazza — the procession passed through the squaresta facendo un viaggio in Egitto — he's travelling in o around Egypt
4) (tempo) in5) (mezzo) bymi piace viaggiare in aereo — I like travelling by plane, I like flying
ci andremo in macchina — we'll go there by car, we'll drive there
6) (modo, maniera) in7) (materia) made of8)9) (misura) in10)ha sbagliato nel rispondere male — he was wrong to be rudesi è fatto male nel salire sull'autobus — he hurt himself as he was getting onto the bus
2. avvin — (di moda, attuale) to be in3. agg inv* * *[in]1) (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) onabito in via Roma — I live in BE o on AE via Roma
vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna — to live in Italy, in town, in the country
2) (moto a luogo) toandare in Francia, in città, in campagna — to go to France, to town, to the country
passeggiare in centro — to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE
viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti — to travel around o through Cina, the United States
in settimana mangio alla mensa — during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro)
5) (mezzo) by6) (modo, maniera)un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi — a work in verse, in English, in three volumes
7) (fine)Enza Bianchi in Rossi — Enza Rossi, née Bianchi
10) (materia)11) (limitazione)12) (misura)il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza — the wall is three metres high and six metres long
13) (quantità)nel tornare a casa,... — on my way home,...
nel dire così,... — saying this
* * *in/in/1 (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on; abito in via Roma I live in BE o on AE via Roma; vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna to live in Italy, in town, in the country; stare in casa to stay at home; essere in un taxi to be in a taxi; in televisione on TV; in questa storia in this story; nel suo discorso in his speech; che cosa ti piace in un uomo? what do you like in a man? un tema ricorrente in Montale a recurrent theme in Montale's work2 (moto a luogo) to; andare in Francia, in città, in campagna to go to France, to town, to the country; andare in vacanza to go on holiday; vado in macelleria I'm going to the butcher's; entrare in una stanza to go into a room; il treno sta per entrare in stazione the train is arriving at the station; salire in macchina to get into the car3 (moto per luogo) passeggiare in centro to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE; viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti to travel around o through Cina, the United States; correre nei prati to run across the fields; infilare il dito nella fessura to stick one's finger through the slit4 (tempo) (durante) in inverno in winter; nel 1991 in 1991; nel Medio Evo in the Middle Ages; negli ultimi giorni over the last few days; in settimana mangio alla mensa during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro) l'ho fatto in due giorni I did it in two days; lo farò in settimana I'll do it within the week5 (mezzo) by; sono venuto in taxi I came here by taxi; abbiamo fatto un giro in barca we went out on the boat6 (modo, maniera) un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi a work in verse, in English, in three volumes; parlare in spagnolo to speak Spanish; in piena forma in great shape; in contanti (in) cash7 (fine) ho avuto questo libro in regalo this book was given to me as a present; in vendita for sale8 (trasformazione) tradurre in italiano to translate into Italian; cambiare delle sterline in dollari to change pounds in dollars9 (per indicare relazione di matrimonio) Enza Bianchi in Rossi Enza Rossi, née Bianchi11 (limitazione) laurea in filosofia degree in philosophy; laureato in lettere arts graduate; essere bravo in storia to be good at history; malattia frequente nei bovini common disease in cattle; in politica in politics12 (misura) il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza the wall is three metres high and six metres long13 (quantità) erano in venti there were twenty of them; siamo in pochi there are few of us; abbiamo fatto il lavoro in due two of us did the job14 (davanti a un infinito) nel tornare a casa,... on my way home,...; nel dire così,... saying this,...\See also notes... (in.pdf) -
99 церковь
I(название христ. культового здания, имеющего алтарь и помещение для богослужения) church, ecclesia; устар. dominicalбез церкви (о деревне, городе и т. п.) прил. — churchless
домовая церковь (церковь, находящаяся внутри какого-л. здания, дома, напр. при архиерейских покоях, в больнице и т. п.) — domestic church; private chapel
зимняя церковь — см. тёплая церковь
католическая церковь — Roman Catholic church, Mass house
крестовая церковь — domestic church at the residence of a hierarch [of a metropolitan]
надвратная церковь — gateway church, church over a gateway
небольшая церковь (домовая, тюремная, полковая, при учебном заведении и т. п.) — chapel
он регулярно ходит в церковь — he is a regular church goer, he is a regular attender at church
особая королевская церковь (храм, подчиняющийся непосредственно монарху) англик. — Royal Peculiar
приводить [приносить] в церковь (для крещения и т. п.) — to church
сегодня в церкви было много народу — there was a high [large] attendance at church
создавать [организовывать, основывать, учреждать] новые церкви — to plant new churches
церковь, имеющая купель лат. — delubrum
церковь, которую посещают христиане различных вероисповеданий, сект и т. п. (в небольшом населённом пункте) — union church, амер. community church
церковь, организованная в фасадной части здания (первоначально предназначавшейся под магазин; такие церкви обычно открываются евангелистами в бедных городских районах) амер. — storefront church
церковь, построенная по обету — votive church
трёхглавая [трёхкупольная] церковь — three-domed church
II"электронная церковь" (богослужебные собрания, проводимые по телевидению) — electronic church
(религ. организация, объединённая единством догматов и обрядов) Church, ecclesia, ekklesia; богосл. ( с Христом во главе) the Body; (Римско-катол. церковь как власть духовная) obedienceАнгликанская пресвитерианская церковь, церковь Англии — the Church of England
возвести церковь в положение господствующей (национальной, государственной, официальной) — to establish a Church
государственная церковь — state shurch, the State Church, ( в Великобритании) the Established Church
развитие [разрастание] церкви — church growth
ранняя церковь (первые века христ-ва, на заре христ-ва) — the early Church
Римско-катол. церковь — the church of Rome
христианская церковь — the Christian Church; библ. heritage
церковь Божия библ. — the church of God
церковь в Уэльсе (Англик. церковь Уэльса) — the Church in Wales
церковь, не принадлежащая ни к одному из признанных вероисповеданий (обыкновенно небольшая секта) — underground church
церковь, отделённая от государства — the Free Church, the church independent of the state
церковь, отделённая от государства и содержащаяся на средства верующих — voluntary church
церкви, основанные апостолами — the churches of apostolic foundation
Церковь Семи Соборов (о правосл. церкви) — the Church of the Seven Councils
"Церковь Христа-учёного" — the Church of Christ Scientist
-
100 οἰκοδομή
οἰκοδομή, ῆς, ἡ (οἶκος, δέμω ‘build’; rejected by the Atticists [Lob., Phryn. 421; 487ff; WSchmid, Der Attizismus III 1893, 248], but found since Aristot., EN 5, 14, 7; Diod S 1, 46, 4; Plut., Lucull. 518 [39, 2]; IG XIV, 645, 146 [Dorian]; OGI 655, 2 [25 B.C.]; PGrenf I, 21, 17 [126 B.C.]; BGU 699, 3; 894, 2; LXX; En; TestSol; Philo, Mos. 1, 224 v.l., Spec. Leg. 1, 73 v.l.; Joseph. [Schmidt 528f]; Just., D. 86, 6).① process of building, building, constructionⓐ lit. (2 Ch 3:2 v.l.; Sir 40:19; Jos., Ant. 11, 59; ViHg 1 [p. 87, 18 Sch.]; Jos., Ant. 11, 59; Theoph. Ant. 3, 22 [p. 246, 24]; Did., Gen. 33, 27) ἐτελέσθη ἡ οἰκοδομή the construction was at an end Hs 9, 5, 1a. ἀνοχὴ τῆς οἰκ. a delay in the building ibid. b; 9, 14, 2. Hv 3, 2, 8 prob. belongs in 2a.ⓑ fig., of spiritual strengthening (s. οἰκοδομέω 3) edifying, edification, building up.α. act., w. obj. gen. πρὸς τὴν οἰκ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας for the building up of the church 1 Cor 14:12. ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκ. 2 Cor 12:19. Abs. πρὸς οἰκοδομήν for edification Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 14:26; cp. Eph 4:29 (Straub 36). Paul has received his authority fr. the Lord εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν 2 Cor 13:10; cp. 10:8. τὰ τῆς οἰκ. τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους what makes for the edification of each other Ro 14:19. The letters of Ignatius contain πᾶσαν οἰκοδομήν Pol 13:2. Abstr. for concr. ὁ προφητεύων λαλεῖ οἰκοδομήν the one who prophesies speaks words that edify 1 Cor 14:3.β. pass. οἰκοδομὴν λαβεῖν receive edification, be edified 1 Cor 14:5. εἰς οἰκ. τ. σώματος τ. Χριστοῦ that the body of Christ might be built up Eph 4:12. εἰς οἰκ. ἑαυτοῦ for its own edification vs. 16 (for the grammar cp. TestJob 11:5 εἰς οἰκονομίαν τῶν πτωχῶν).② a building as result of a construction process, building, edificeⓐ lit.; pl., of secular buildings (Diod S 16, 76, 2; 20, 8, 3) Hs 1:1 (w. ἀγροί, παρατάξεις, οἰκήματα); GJs 9:3; 13:1. Esp. of temple buildings (1 Esdr 5:70) εἰς τὴν οἰκ. ἐλπίζειν put one’s hope in the building alone 16:1. Pl. of various buildings in the temple area Mk 13:1f. αἱ οἰκοδομαὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ Mt 24:1. Esp. freq. in the imagery of the tower in Hermas (v 3; Hs 9). Yet in many pass. mng. 1a is also prob.: ἡ οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου the tower building (or the building of the tower) Hv 3, 2, 6b; 3, 4, 1f; 3, 5, 1b; 3, 12, 3; Hs 9, 1, 2; 9, 3, 3; 9, 4, 2ff; 9, 5, 2; 9, 17, 4 al. τὰ ἐξώτερα μέρη τῆς οἰκ. the outside of the building Hs 9, 9, 3b. Of the stones: εὔχρηστοι εἰς (τὴν) οἰκ. v 3, 5, 5; 3, 6, 1; 6; also εὔχρηστοι τῇ οἰκ. Hs 9, 15, 6. χρήσιμοι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου v 4, 3, 4. ἀπενεχθῆναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 8, 3a. ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 5, 3f; 9, 7, 4a; 6f; 9, 10, 2. ἀποβάλλεσθαι ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τῆς οἰκ. Hs 9, 7, 1; 9, 8, 3b; 9, 9, 5. ἀποδοκιμάζειν ἐκ τῆς οἰκ. Hs 9, 12, 7; pass. (without ἐκ) 9, 23, 3; ἁρμόζειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 6, 5; 3, 7, 5; pass. Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 8, 5ff; 9, 9, 4; 9, 15, 4. βάλλειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 7, 4; 6; 9, 8, 2a; pass. 9, 7, 5; 9, 10, 1; 9, 30, 2. δοκιμάζειν τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 5, 2b. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 12, 4; 9, 13, 4. ἐκλέγεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 9, 3a. ἐπιδιδόναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 4, 5; 8; 9, 15, 5; pass. 9, 4, 6. ἐπιθυμεῖν τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 9, 7. ἐπιτίθεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 5, 2. ἐργάζεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. work at the building Hs 9, 6, 2b. εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 6, 4. ὁ ἐφεστὼς εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 6, 2a. κατανοεῖν τὴν οἰκ. examine the building Hs 9, 5, 7; 9, 6, 3. συναρμόζεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου Hs 9, 16, 7. τιθέναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 2, 6a; 7; Hs 9, 7, 2; 9, 8, 2b; pass. v 3, 5, 4; Hs 9, 6, 8; 9, 8, 4; 9, 9, 2; 9, 13, 6; 9, 16, 1; 9, 17, 3; 9, 29, 4; 9, 30, 1. τίθεσθαι ἐκ τῆς οἰκ. Hs 9, 8, 1. ὑπάγειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 5, 1a; 3; 3, 6, 2; Hs 9, 3, 3f. χρᾶσθαι εἰ τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 2, 8.ⓑ Hermas hesitates betw. the literal and nonliteral uses of οἰκ. but the fol. passages are quite nonliteral (οἱ τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 8): θεοῦ οἰκοδομή ἐστε you are God’s building 1 Cor 3:9 (AFridrichsen [s. γεώργιον]; on the imagery Straub 85–88). In Eph 2:21 the Christian community is called an οἰκοδομή, more definitely a ναὸς ἅγιος ἐν κυρίῳ that is erected on the foundation of the apostles and prophets w. Christ Jesus as cornerstone (HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930).—Of Christians ὄντες λίθοι ναοῦ πατρὸς ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς οἰκοδομὴν θεοῦ πατρός since you are stones for the Father’s temple, made ready for the building of God the Father IEph 9:1.—Fig., in another way, of the glorified body of the departed Christian οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον we have a building fr. God, a house not made w. hands 2 Cor 5:1; Rv 21:18 v.l. (for ἐνδώμησις). S. on οἰκητήριον 2.—Lit. on οἰκοδομέω end.—DELG s.v. δέμω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.
См. также в других словарях:
The House of God — Infobox Book | name = The House of God title orig = translator = image caption = author = Samuel Shem illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = genre = Satirical novel publisher = release date = 1979 english … Wikipedia
Thieving from the House of God — Infobox Album | Name = Thieving from the House of God Type = studio Artist = Orange Goblin Released = 2004 Re Released = Recorded = Aug 2003 Genre = Heavy metal Length = Label = Rise Above Records Producer = Reviews = *Allmusic Rating|3|5… … Wikipedia
Assassins in the House of God — est le quatrième album du groupe All Out War, sorti en 2007. Liste des titres Curtain Call for the Crucified – 4:30 Behind the Crescent and the Cross – 2:31 Politics of Apathy – 2:43 Assassins in the House of God – 3:49 Into the Arms of… … Wikipédia en Français
House of God (álbum) — House of God Álbum de estudio de King Diamond Publicación 2000 Grabación En Nomad Recording Studio, Carrollton, Dallas, Texas Febrero / Abril del 2000 … Wikipedia Español
House of God — ist ein Buch von Samuel Shem (ein Pseudonym des Professors für Psychiatrie Stephen Bergman), welches im Original 1978 veröffentlicht wurde. Durch seine sehr zynische Darstellung der Ausbildung junger Ärzte in Krankenhäusern bewirkte das Buch eine … Deutsch Wikipedia
House of God — The Church building is so called because it is set apart for the worship of God. That it is something more than a mere lecture hall, or concert room or auditorium, as it is commonly regarded by modern religionism will appear from the following … American Church Dictionary and Cyclopedia
The Fist of God — is a 1994 novel by Frederick Forsyth, mixing known fact with fiction to tell a story of the coalition forces in the Persian Gulf War racing against time to discover the true nature of Saddam Hussein s secret weapon, The Fist of God. The story… … Wikipedia
The Lamp of God — Infobox Book | name = The Lamp Of God image caption = No image available. author = Ellery Queen country = United States language = English series = Ellery Queen mysteries genre = Detective fiction / Whodunnit publisher = First publication… … Wikipedia
The Garden of God — infobox Book | name = The Garden of God title orig = translator = image caption = author = Henry De Vere Stacpoole illustrator = cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = Blue Lagoon trilogy genre = Romance publisher =… … Wikipedia
The House of the Rising Sun — est une chanson folk provenant des États Unis, dont la version la plus connue a été enregistrée par le groupe The Animals en 1964. Sommaire 1 Origine 2 Histoire 3 Paroles 4 … Wikipédia en Français
The house of the rising sun — est une chanson folk provenant des États Unis. Sommaire 1 Origine 2 Histoire 3 Paroles 4 Les versions … Wikipédia en Français